Toyota - Supra - Workshop Manual - 1978 - 2002

FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide information on the electrical system of the 1995 SUPRA. Applicable models: JZA 80 Series For service specifications and repair procedures of the above models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the following manuals: Manual Name   1995 SUPRA Repair Manual Volume 1 Volume 2 1995 TOYOTA New Car Features Pub. No. RM408U1 RM408U2 NCF109U All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. However, specifications and procedures are subject to change without notice. TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION NOTICE When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal, installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint system malfunction. 1 INTRODUCTION This manual consists of the following 11 sections: No. Section Description INDEX Index of the contents of this manual. INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section. B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual. C TROUBLE– SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits. D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual. E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS Defines the symbols and functions of major parts. F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads. INDEX Index of the system circuits. SYSTEM CIRCUITS Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, “How to use this manual”). The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section. J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual. K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections. A I 2 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by dividing them into a circuit for each system. The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.) When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation. When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection within a junction block. Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual. 3 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL * The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION. 4 A : System Title B : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. Example: C J : Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. Indicates Relay Block No. 1. : Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) B = Black L BR = Brown LG = Light Green V G = Green O = Orange W = White P = Pink Y GR = Gray Explanation of pin use. = Blue = Violet = Yellow The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe. Example: L–Y (Blue) The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only include those in the specification. D R = Red K : Connector Color (Yellow) : Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for the Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” for the Body). Example: Connectors not indicated are milky white in color. E : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different. F : Indicates related system. G : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( ). The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the shaded section. Outside numerals are pin numbers. The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and wiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area. When more than one code has the first and second letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harness and wiring harness connector. H : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The code is the same as the code used in parts position. I : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for further clarification). L : Page No. M : Indicates a shielded cable. N : Indicates a ground point. The first letter of the code for each ground point(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area. O : Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. Example: Numbered in order from upper left to lower right Numbered in order from upper right to lower left Example: 3B indicates that it is inside Junction Block No. 3. P : When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the parts connector name used in the wire routing section is shown in square brackets [ ]. 5 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Q SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE. 1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW  TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY  TERMINAL 1  TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR  TERMINAL 1  TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY  TERMINAL 3  TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILL POINT. (FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED). 2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW  TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY  TERMINAL 4  TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR  TERMINAL 2  TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY  TERMINAL 3  TO GROUND. THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW. THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY. 3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2 FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW STOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION. 4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S)  TERMINAL 4  TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR  TERMINAL 1  TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW  TERMINAL 7  TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW  TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE. SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION. (FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED). R SERVICE HINTS P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION 9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION WINDOW LOCK SW OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION S : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE SEE PAGE 21 P4 21 P3 21 P5 21 T : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE 1 U 16 RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 3B V SEE PAGE 14 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) W : GROUND POINTS CODE IC X SEE PAGE 24 GROUND POINT LOCATION COWL LEFT : SPLICE POINTS CODE I5 6 CODE P2 SEE PAGE 24 WIRE HARNESSES WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE P6 SEE PAGE 21 Q : Explains the system outline. R : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting. S : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit. Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual. * The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts starting with that letter. Example: P 4 Part is 4th in order Power Window Master SW T : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit. Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument panel. U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit. Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side. V : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness). Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel. W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle. Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side. X : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle. Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual. HINT: Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7, J8, J9) in this manual include a short terminal which is connected to a number of wire harnesses. Always perform inspection with the short terminal installed. (When installing the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected to any position within the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the same position in the short terminal may be connected to a wire harness from a different part.) Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have the same color. 7 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers) transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood. POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts. The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current. POWER SOURCE 8 * The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION. The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also be checked this way. GROUND POINTS * The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION. 9 TROUBLESHOOTING VOLTAGE CHECK (a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the check point. Example: (b) – Ignition SW on – Ignition SW and SW 1 on – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good ground point or negative battery terminal, and the positive lead to the connector or component terminal. This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter. CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK (a) (b) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltage between the check points. Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the check points. If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check again. When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be continuity. When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no continuity. (c) 10 Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit. FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT (a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse. (b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse. (c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on. Example: – Ignition SW on – Ignition SW and SW 1 on – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2) (d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching the test light. The short lies between the connector where the test light stays lit and the connector where the light goes out. (e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the problem wire along the body. CAUTION: (a) (b) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched, the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) of the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body or clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part). DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE CONNECTORS To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wire harness. HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting before pulling apart. 11 TROUBLESHOOTING HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL (with terminal retainer or secondary locking device) 1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please construct and use the special tool or like object shown on the left. 2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR 3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR TERMINAL RETAINER. (a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal removed from the connector. (b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondary locking device or terminal retainer. NOTICE: Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body. For Non–Waterproof Type Connector HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it. “Case 1” Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position. “Case 2” Open the secondary locking device. 12 For Waterproof Type Connector HINT: Terminal retainer color is according to connector body. different Example: Terminal Retainer: Connector Body Black or White : Gray Black or White : Dark Gray Gray or White : Black “Case 1” Type where terminal retainer is pulled up to the temporary lock position (Pull Type). Insert the special tool into the terminal retainer access hole ( Mark) and pull the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position. HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (Number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it. “Case 2” Type which cannot be pulled as far as Power Lock insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminal retainer as shown. 13 TROUBLESHOOTING Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position. (c) 4. Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal out from rear. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR (a) Insert the terminal. HINT: 1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly. 2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly. 3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock position. (b) 5. 14 Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer in to the full lock position. CONNECT CONNECTOR TROUBLESHOOTING / ABBREVIATIONS DISCONNECTION AND CONNECTION OF BOLT TYPE CONNECTORS For engine control module (engine and electronically controlled transmission ECU) in this vehicle, connectors are used which require a bolt built into the connector to be screwed down to securely connect the connector. 1. 2. Disconnect the connector After completely loosening the bolt, the two parts of the connector can be separated. NOTICE: Do not pull the wire harness when disconnecting the connector. Connect the connector NOTICE: Before connecting the connector, always check that the terminals are not bent or damaged. (a) (b) Match the guide section of the male connector correctly with the female connector, then press them together. Tighten the bolt. Make sure the connectors are completely connected, by tightening the bolt until there is a clearance of less than 1 mm (0.04 in.) between the bottom of male connector and the end of female connector. ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations are used in this manual. ABS A/C ACIS A/T COMB. ECU EFI EGR EVAP ISC J/B LH M/T = = = = = = = = = = = = = Anti–Lock Brake System Air Conditioning Acoustic Control Induction System Automatic Transmission Combination Electronic Control Unit Electronic Fuel Injection Exhaust Gas Recirculation Evaporative Emission Idle Speed Control Junction Block Left-Hand Manual Transmission O/D PPS R/B RH SFI SRS SW TDCL TEMP. TRAC VSV w/ w/o = = = = = = = = = = = = = Overdrive Progressive Power Steering Relay Block Right–Hand Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection Supplemental Restraint System Switch Total Diagnostic Communication Link Temperature Traction Control System Vacuum Switching Valve With Without * The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as being abbreviations. 15 ABBREVIATIONS DISCONNECTION AND CONNECTION OF BOLT TYPE CONNECTORS For engine control module (engine and electronically controlled transmission ECU) in this vehicle, connectors are used which require a bolt built into the connector to be screwed down to securely connect the connector. 1. 2. Disconnect the connector After completely loosening the bolt, the two parts of the connector can be separated. NOTICE: Do not pull the wire harness when disconnecting the connector. Connect the connector NOTICE: Before connecting the connector, always check that the terminals are not bent or damaged. (a) (b) Match the guide section of the male connector correctly with the female connector, then press them together. Tighten the bolt. Make sure the connectors are completely connected, by tightening the bolt until there is a clearance of less than 1 mm (0.04 in.) between the bottom of male connector and the end of female connector. ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations are used in this manual. ABS A/C ACIS A/T COMB. ECU EFI EGR EVAP ISC J/B LH M/T = = = = = = = = = = = = = Anti–Lock Brake System Air Conditioning Acoustic Control Induction System Automatic Transmission Combination Electronic Control Unit Electronic Fuel Injection Exhaust Gas Recirculation Evaporative Emission Idle Speed Control Junction Block Left-Hand Manual Transmission O/D PPS R/B RH SFI SRS SW TDCL TEMP. TRAC VSV w/ w/o = = = = = = = = = = = = = Overdrive Progressive Power Steering Relay Block Right–Hand Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection Supplemental Restraint System Switch Total Diagnostic Communication Link Temperature Traction Control System Vacuum Switching Valve With Without * The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as being abbreviations. 15 GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS BATTERY Stores chemical energy and converts it into electrical energy. Provides DC current for the auto’s various electrical circuits. CAPACITOR (Condenser) A small holding unit for temporary storage of electrical voltage. HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight filament to heat up and emit light. 1. SINGLE A headlight may have either a FILAMENT single (1) filament or a double (2) filament. 2. DOUBLE FILAMENT HORN An electric device which sounds a loud audible signal. CIGARETTE LIGHTER An electric resistance heating element. CIRCUIT BREAKER Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit breaker will heat and open if too much current flows through it. Some units automatically reset when cool, others must be manually reset. IGNITION COIL Converts low–voltage DC current into high–voltage ignition current for firing the spark plugs. DIODE A semiconductor which allows current flow in only one direction. (for Medium Current Fuse) (for High Current Fuse or Fusible Link.) 16 DIODE, ZENER A diode which allows current flow in one direction but blocks reverse flow only up to a specific voltage. Above that potential, it passes the excess voltage. This acts as a simple voltage regulator. LIGHT Current flow through a filament causes the filament to heat up and emit light. DISTRIBUTOR, IIA Channels high–voltage current from the ignition coil to the individual spark plugs. LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) Upon current flow, these diodes emit light without producing the heat of a comparable light. FUSE A thin metal strip which burns through when too much current flows through it, thereby stopping current flow and protecting a circuit from damage. METER, ANALOG Current flow activates a magnetic coil which causes a needle to move, thereby providing a relative display against a background calibration. FUSIBLE LINK A heavy–gauge wire placed in high amperage circuits which burns through on overloads, thereby protecting the circuit. The numbers indicate the cross– section surface area of the wires. GROUND The point at which wiring attaches to the Body, thereby providing a return path for an electrical circuit; without a ground, current cannot flow. FUEL M METER, DIGITAL Current flow activates one or many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent displays, which provide a relative or digital display. MOTOR A power unit which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy, especially rotary motion. RELAY 1. NORMALLY CLOSED 2. NORMALLY OPEN Basically, an electrically operated switch which may be normally closed (1) or open (2). Current flow through a small coil creates a magnetic field which either opens or closes an attached switch. RELAY, DOUBLE THROW A relay which passes current through one set of contacts or the other. SPEAKER An electromechanical device which creates sound waves from current flow. SWITCH, MANUAL 1. NORMALLY OPEN 2. NORMALLY CLOSED Opens and closes circuits, thereby stopping (1) or allowing (2) current flow. RESISTOR An electrical component with a fixed resistance, placed in a circuit to reduce voltage to a specific value. SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW A switch which continuously passes current through one set of contacts or the other. RESISTOR, TAPPED A resistor which supplies two or more different non adjustable resistance values. SWITCH, IGNITION A key operated switch with several positions which allows various circuits, particularly the primary ignition circuit, to become operational. RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTAT A controllable resistor with a variable rate of resistance. Also called a potentiometer or rheostat. SENSOR (Thermistor) A resistor which varies its resistance with temperature. SWITCH, WIPER PARK Automatically returns wipers to the stop position when the wiper switch is turned off. SENSOR, ANALOG SPEED Uses magnetic impulses to open and close a switch to create a signal for activation of other components. TRANSISTOR A solidstate device typically used as an electronic relay; stops or passes current depending on the voltage applied at “base.” SHORT PIN Used to provide an unbroken connection within a junction block. SOLENOID An electromagnetic coil which forms a magnetic field when current flows, to move a plunger, etc. WIRES Wires are always (1) NOT CONNECTED drawn as straight lines on wiring diagrams. Crossed wires (1) without a black dot at the junction are not joined; crossed wires (2) with a black dot or octagonal ( ) mark at the junction are spliced (2) SPLICED (joined) connections. 17 RELAY LOCATIONS [Engine Compartment] [Instrument Panel] 18 [Body] [Seat] 19 RELAY LOCATIONS : J/B No. 1 20 Left Kick Panel (See Page 18) [J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit] 21 RELAY LOCATIONS 2 : R/B No. 2 ,,, ,,, ,,,: J/B No. 2 22 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18) 4 : R/B No. 4 Left Kick Panel (See Page 18) 5 : R/B No. 5 Engine Compartment Right (See Page 18) 23 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Engine Compartment [2JZ–GTE] A A A A A A A A A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor 2 A/C Condenser Fan Motor 3 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) 4 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor 5 A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor 6 ABS Actuator 7 ABS Actuator 10 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH 11 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH B B 1 Back–Up Light SW (for M/T) 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW C C C C 1 2 3 4 D D D 1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) 2 Daytime Running Light Relay No. 3 3 Daytime Running Light Relay No. 3 E E E 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp. Sensor) 24 Camshaft Position Sensor No. 1 Camshaft Position Sensor No. 2 Crankshaft Position Sensor Cruise Control Actuator E E E E 4 5 6 7 Engine Coolant Temp. Sender (Water Temp. Sender) Engine Coolant Temp. SW (Water Temp. SW) Engine Hood Courtesy SW Engine Oil Level Sensor F F F F F F F F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Front Airbag Sensor LH Front Airbag Sensor RH Front Fog Light and Parking Light LH Front Fog Light and Parking Light RH Front Side Marker Light LH Front Side Marker Light RH Front Turn Signal Light LH Front Turn Signal Light RH Front Wiper Motor G G 1 Generator (Alternator) 2 Generator (Alternator) H H H H H H H 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 Headlight Hi LH Headlight Hi RH Headlight Lo LH Headlight Lo RH Heated Oxygen Sensor (Main) Horn LH Horn RH Position of Parts in Engine Compartment [2JZ–GTE] I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve) Igniter Igniter Ignition Coil No. 1 Ignition Coil No. 2 Ignition Coil No. 3 Ignition Coil No. 4 Ignition Coil No. 5 Ignition Coil No. 6 Injector No. 1 Injector No. 2 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 5 Injector No. 6 K K 1 Knock Sensor (on Front Side) 2 Knock Sensor (on Rear Side) M 1 Mass Air Flow (Air Flow Meter) N 1 Noise Filter O O 1 O/D Direct Clutch Speed Sensor 2 Oil Pressure SW P P 1 PPS Solenoid 2 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW), Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator Light SW (for A/T) R R R 1 Radiator Fan Motor 2 Radiator Fan Relay No. 1 3 Radiator Fan Relay No. 2 S S S S S 1 2 3 4 5 T T T T T 1 2 3 4 14 SFI Resistor (EFI Resistor) Starter Starter Sub Throttle Actuator Sub Throttle Position Sensor Theft Deterrent Horn Throttle Position Sensor Traction Brake Actuator Traction Pump and Motor Turbo Pressure Sensor V 2 V 3 V 4 V 5 V 6 V 7 V 8 V 10 V W VSV (for EGR) VSV (for EVAP) VSV (for Exhaust Bypass Valve) VSV (for Exhaust Gas Control Valve) VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up) VSV (for Intake Air Control Valve) VSV (for Waste Gate Valve) Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1 (for Combination Meter) 11 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 2 (for Electronically Controlled Transmission) 1 Washer Motor 25 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Engine Compartment [2JZ–GE] A A A A A A A A A A 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor A/C Dual Pressure SW A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor ABS Actuator ABS Actuator ABS Relay ABS Relay ABS Speed Sensor Front LH ABS Speed Sensor Front RH B B 1 Back-Up Light SW (for M/T) 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW C 4 Cruise Control Actuator D D 1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) 4 Distributor E 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor 26 E E E E 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp. Sensor) 4 Engine Coolant Temp. Sender (Water Temp. Sender) 6 Engine Hood Courtesy SW 7 Engine Oil Level Sensor F F F F F F F F F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 G G 1 Generator (Alternator) 2 Generator (Alternator) E Front Airbag Sensor LH Front Airbag Sensor RH Front Fog Light and Parking Light LH Front Fog Light and Parking Light RH Front Side Marker Light LH Front Side Marker Light RH Front Turn Signal Light LH Front Turn Signal Light RH Front Wiper Motor Position of Parts in Engine Compartment [2JZ–GE] H H H H H H 1 2 3 4 8 9 I I I I I I I I I 1 4 5 12 13 14 15 16 17 Headlight Hi LH Headlight Hi RH Headlight Lo LH Headlight Lo RH Horn LH Horn RH Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve) Igniter Ignition Coil Injector No. 1 Injector No. 2 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 5 Injector No. 6 K K 1 Knock Sensor (on Front Side) 2 Knock Sensor (on Rear Side) M 2 Main Heated Oxygen Sensor (for California on Front Side) 3 Main Heated Oxygen Sensor (for California on Rear Side) M N O O O 2 Oil Pressure SW 3 Oxygen Sensor (Except California on Front Side) 4 Oxygen Sensor (Except California on Rear Side) P P P 1 PPS Solenoid 2 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW), Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator Light SW (for A/T) 3 Power Steering Pressure SW S S 2 Starter 3 Starter T T 1 Theft Deterrent Horn 2 Throttle Position Sensor V 1 V 2 V 3 V 6 V 10 VSV (for ACIS) VSV (for EGR) VSV (for EVAP) VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up) Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1 (for Combination Meter) V 11 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 2 (for Electronically Controlled Transmission) V 12 Volume Air Flow (Air Flow Meter) 1 Noise Filter W 1 Washer Motor 27 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Instrument Panel A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 B B 28 A/C Amplifier A/C Amplifier A/C Amplifier A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor A/C Room Temp. Sensor A/C Solar Sensor ABS ECU ABS ECU ABS and Traction ECU ABS and Traction ECU ABS and Traction ECU ABS Lateral Acceleration Sensor Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Air Mix Control Servo Motor Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) Ashtray Illumination Auto Antenna Control Relay 3 Blower Motor 4 Blower Motor Control Relay B B B 5 Blower Motor Control Relay 6 Buckle SW LH 7 Buckle SW RH C C C C C C C C C C C C 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 D D D D 5 6 7 8 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Cigarette Lighter Cigarette Lighter Illumination Clock Clutch Start SW Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination SW Combination SW Cruise Control Clutch SW Cruise Control ECU Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL) Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) Diode (for Interior Light) Diode (for Idle-Up) Position of Parts in Instrument Panel E E E E F F G G 8 Electronically Controlled Transmission Pattern Select SW 9 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) 10 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) 11 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (Water Temp. Sensor) (for A/C System) 10 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH 11 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH 3 Glove Box Light 4 Glove Box Light SW H H H H 10 11 12 13 Hazard SW Heated Oxygen Sensor (Sub) Heater Control SW Heater Control SW I I I 18 Ignition Key Cylinder Light 19 Ignition SW 20 Integration Relay J J 1 Junction Connector 2 Junction Connector K K 3 Key Interlock Solenoid 4 Kick Down SW N 2 Noise Filter O 5 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator Light (for Shift Lever) P P 4 PPS ECU 5 Parking Brake SW R R R R R 4 5 6 7 8 Radio and Player (w/o Stereo Power Amplifier) Radio and Player (w/o Stereo Power Amplifier) Radio and Player (w/ Stereo Power Amplifier) Remote Control Mirror SW Rheostat S 6 Seat Heater SW S 7 Shift Lock ECU S 8 Stereo Power Amplifier S 9 Stereo Power Amplifier S 10 Stereo Power Amplifier S 11 Stop Light SW S 16 Sub Heated Oxygen Sensor (for California) T 5 Telltale Light LH T 6 Telltale Light RH T 7 Theft Deterrent ECU T 8 TRAC Off SW T 9 Traction ECU T 10 Traction ECU T 13 Theft Deterrent ECU U 1 Unlock Warning SW 29 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Body A A A 31 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH 32 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH 33 Auto Antenna Motor D D D D D D D 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Door Courtesy SW LH Door Courtesy SW RH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH Door Lock Control SW RH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW LH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW RH F F F F 12 13 14 15 Front Door Speaker LH Front Door Speaker RH Fuel Pump and Sender Fuel Pump ECU H 14 High Mounted Stop Light L L L L L 1 2 3 4 5 License Plate Light Light Failure Sensor Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW Luggage Compartment Light Luggage Compartment Light SW N P P P 6 Personal Light 7 Power Window Control SW RH 8 Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LH P 9 Power Window Motor LH P 10 Power Window Motor RH R R R R R R R R R R R 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 T T 11 Tension Reducer Solenoid LH 12 Tension Reducer Solenoid RH W 30 3 Noise Filter Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Side Marker Light LH Rear Side Marker Light RH Rear Speaker LH Rear Speaker RH Rear Wiper Motor and Relay Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LH Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RH Rear Window Defogger (+) Rear Window Defogger (–) 2 Woofer (Speaker) Position of Parts in Seat P P 11 Power Seat Control SW (for Driver’s Seat) 12 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Slide Control) S 12 Seat Heater (for Driver’s Seat) S 13 Seat Heater (for Passenger’s Seat) S 14 Seat Heater Relay (for Driver’s Seat) S 15 Seat Heater Relay (for Passenger’s Seat) 31 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points [2JZ–GTE] : Location of Splice Points 32 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE EA1 EA2 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. NO 2) 33 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points [2JZ–GE] : Location of Splice Points 34 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE EA1 EA3 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. NO 2) 35 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points 36 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE IB1 IB2 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IB3 IB4 IB5 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IB6 IC1 IC2 FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ID1 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IE1 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF1 IF2 IF3 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 37 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Splice Points 38 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE IG1 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEATER CONTROL SW) IH1 IH2 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH) IH3 II1 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IJ1 IJ2 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IK1 COWL NO. 4 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IL1 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 39 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points : Location of Splice Points 40 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) BM1 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM) BO1 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT) BP1 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH) 41 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Splice Points 42 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE BQ1 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT) 43 POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts. The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current. (2JZ–GTE) 20A RAD No. 1 7.5A DOME Taillight Relay (Point Side) 30A FAN 7.5A ALT–S 50A HTR 15A HAZ–HORN 30A DOOR 60A ABS No. 1 15A FOG 15A STOP Generator (Alternator) 30A EFI No. 1 10A ECU–B 60A POWER 120A ALT Starter 30A DEFOG 50A AM1 (For USA) Ignition SW (AM1) 60A AM1 (For Canada) Battery 50A MAIN 15A HEAD (LH) (For USA) 15A HEAD (LH–LWR) (For Canada) (Canada) (Canada) Headlight Relay 15A HEAD (RH) (For USA) 15A HEAD (RH–LWR) (For Canada) 7.5A DRL 30A EFI No. 2 30A ABS No. 2 Dimmer Relay (Daytime 7.5A TRAC Running Light Relay No. 2) 15A HEAD (LH–UPR) (For Canada) 15A HEAD (RH–UPR) (For Canada) (2JZ–GTE) Ignition SW (AM2) 30A AM2 7.5A IGN (2JZ–GTE) * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here. [LOCATION] 44 (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) (2) (2JZ–GE) : R/B No. 2 (See page22 19) (3) : R/B No. 4 (See page 23 23) 10A TAIL 10A PANEL Rear Window Defogger Relay 10A MIR–HTR 10A GAUGE 7.5A RAD No. 2 15A CIG 7.5A ST 20A WIPER (Canada) 7.5A TURN 10A ECU–IG 7.5A HTR (2JZ–GTE) 15A SEAT–HTR Ignition Coil No. 1 Igniter Ignition Coil No. 2 Injector No. 1 Ignition Coil No. 3 Injector No. 2 Ignition Coil No. 4 Injector No. 3 Ignition Coil No. 5 Injector No. 4 Ignition Coil No. 6 Injector No. 5 Injector No. 6 (2JZ–GTE) Igniter Noise Filter (2JZ–GE) (2JZ–GTE) SFI Resistor (EFI Resistor) (2JZ–GE) (4) Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) Igniter Ignition Coil Noise Filter : R/B No. 5 (See page 23 20) 45 *1: (FOR CANADA) *2: (FOR USA) POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) CB or Fuse 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 15A 20A 30A 30A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 20A 30A 30A 30A 30A 50A 50A 60A 60A
A9 A12 A14 A18 A19 A20 A22 A23 A24 A29 A30 A33 B1 B2 B4 Buckle SW RH Buckle SW LH Blower Motor Control Relay Brake Fluid Level Warning SW Back–Up Light SW (for M/T) Auto Antenna Motor Auto Antenna Control Relay Ashtray Illumination Air Inlet Control Servo Motor ABS Lateral Acceleration Sensor ABS and Traction ECU ABS ECU A6 A8 A4 A/C Amplifier A3 ABS Relay A2 B6 B7 HTR IGN RAD No. 2 ST TURN ECU–B ECU–IG GAUGE MIR–HTR PANEL TAIL CIG SEAT–HTR STOP WIPER DEFOG DOOR ALT–S DOME DRL TRAC FOG HAZ–HORN HEAD (LH) *2 HEAD (LH–LWR) *1 HEAD (LH–UPR) *1 HEAD (RH) *2 HEAD (RH–LWR) *1 HEAD (RH–UPR) *1 RAD No. 1 ABS No. 2 EFI No. 1 EFI No. 2 FAN HTR MAIN ABS No. 1 POWER * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here. [LOCATION] 46 ABS Actuator Location Code or Location 159 208 159 164 159 159 228 159 159 164 164 228 122 210 210 116 228 206 206 164 228 164 220 A/C Single Pressure SW [A/C Triple Pressure SW] A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor Parts 228 228 228 A/C Condenser Fan Motor *Page Nos. of Related Systems (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 22 19) (3) : R/B No. 4 (See page 23 23) Brake Warning Light [Comb. Meter] Combination Meter C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 (4) C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 D1 96 D2 96 Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL) 140 70 82 111 126 203 174 150 140 150 174 159 164 197 Daytime Running Light Relay No. 3 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) Cruise Control ECU 94 96 102 108 122 Cruise Control Clutch SW 70 140 94 94 122 82 111 150 220 111 106 129 96 96 181 220 228 Light Control SW [Comb. Meter] Turn Signal SW [Comb. Meter] Front Wiper and Washer SW [Comb. Meter] Rear Wiper and Washer SW [Comb. Meter] Horn SW [Comb. SW] Fog Light SW [Comb. SW] Dimmer SW [Comb. SW] High Beam Indicator Light [Comb. Meter] Turn Signal Indicator Light [Comb. Meter] Combination Meter Meter Illumination [Comb. Meter] Speedometer [Comb. Meter] Turn Signal Indicator Light [Comb. Meter] Clutch Start SW Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Clock 140 150 164 174 220 Cigarette Lighter Illumination 159 Cigarette Lighter 60 64 197 186 122 186 70 82 130 220 70 82 164 174 197 D3 D5 : R/B No. 5 (See page 23 20) 47 POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 15A 20A 30A 30A HTR IGN RAD No. 2 ST TURN ECU–B ECU–IG GAUGE MIR–HTR PANEL TAIL CIG SEAT–HTR STOP WIPER DEFOG DOOR 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 20A 30A 30A 30A 30A 50A 50A 60A 60A ALT–S DOME DRL TRAC FOG HAZ–HORN HEAD (LH) *2 HEAD (LH–LWR) *1 HEAD (LH–UPR) *1 HEAD (RH) *2 HEAD (RH–LWR) *1 HEAD (RH–UPR) *1 RAD No. 1 ABS No. 2 EFI No. 1 EFI No. 2 FAN HTR MAIN ABS No. 1 POWER Front Wiper Motor F4 Front Turn Signal Light RH E10 F3 Front Turn Signal Light LH E9 102 102 102 102 111 111 126 106 106 Front Fog Light and Parking Light LH Front Fog Light and Parking Light RH E8 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) E7 70 82 140 150 228 Front Side Marker Light RH E5 60 64 70 82 140 150 Front Side Marker Light LH E4 Electronically Controlled Transmission Pattern Select SW Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid Engine Coolant Temp. Sender (Water Temp. Sender) Engine Coolant Temp. SW (Water Temp. SW) D8 D10 D11 D12 E2 Door Courtesy SW RH D7 Door Courtesy SW LH D6 112 Engine Oil Level Sensor CB or Fuse Diode (for Idle–Up) Location Code or Location Diode (for Interior Light) Parts 118 118 118 140 220 228 220 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) *Page Nos. of Related Systems 96 70 164 118 82 220 *1: (FOR CANADA) *2: (FOR USA) F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] 48 (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 22 19) (3) : R/B No. 4 (See page 23 23) F14 F15 G2 G3 G4 (4) 94 96 94 96 94 96 H1 H2 Headlight Lo LH Headlight Lo RH H3 H4 H5 Key Interlock Solenoid License Plate Light Light Failure Sensor I18 I20 K3 L1 L2 70 94 96 102 70 118 184 102 118 118 82 82 102 108 114 140 122 L4 L5 M1 M2 M3 Noise Filter Luggage Compartment Light Luggage Compartment Light SW Mass Air Flow (Air Flow Meter) Main Heated Oxygen Sensor (for California, on Front Side) Main Heated Oxygen Sensor (for California, on Rear Side) Integration Relay H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H14 I1 Ignition Key Cylinder Light 111 122 70 114 122 228 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve) High Mounted Stop Light Heater Control SW Heated Oxygen Sensor (Sub) 129 129 Hazard SW Horn RH 70 Horn LH Heated Oxygen Sensor (Main) 94 96 Headlight Hi RH 68 122 122 Headlight Hi LH Glove Box Light SW Glove Box Light 70 82 Generator (Alternator) Fuel Pump ECU Fuel Pump and Sender 220 82 208 N2 : R/B No. 5 (See page 23 20) 49 POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 R1 R2 R3 R4 R6 R7 R8 Back–Up Light LH [Rear Comb. Light LH] Rheostat Remote Control Mirror SW Radio and Player (w/o Stereo Power Amplifier) Radio and Player (w/ Stereo Power Amplifier) Radiator Fan Relay No. 2 Radiator Fan Relay No. 1 Radiator Fan Motor Power Seat Control SW (for Driver’s Seat) Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Slide Control) Power Window Motor RH Power Window Motor LH Power Window Control SW RH Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LH PPS ECU Personal Light Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW), Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator Light SW (for A/T) P4 Parking Brake SW O/D Main SW P2 Noise Filter Location 159 122 181 164 118 136 136 136 136 190 190 228 228 228 210 122 188 122 116 220 218 O5 Code or Location 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 15A 20A 30A 30A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 20A 30A 30A 30A 30A 50A 50A 60A 60A 64 82 130 150 220 N3 O2 Parts CB or Fuse 60 70 116 140 174 Oil Pressure SW *Page Nos. of Related Systems 122 208 220 140 150 *1: (FOR CANADA) *2: (FOR USA) R9 HTR IGN RAD No. 2 ST TURN ECU–B ECU–IG GAUGE MIR–HTR PANEL TAIL CIG SEAT–HTR STOP WIPER DEFOG DOOR ALT–S DOME DRL TRAC FOG HAZ–HORN HEAD (LH) *2 HEAD (LH–LWR) *1 HEAD (LH–UPR) *1 HEAD (RH) *2 HEAD (RH–LWR) *1 HEAD (RH–UPR) *1 RAD No. 1 ABS No. 2 EFI No. 1 EFI No. 2 FAN HTR MAIN ABS No. 1 POWER * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] 50 (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 22 19) (3) : R/B No. 4 (See page 23 23) R9 R10 (4) Shift Lock ECU Stereo Power Amplifier Stereo Power Amplifier Stop Light SW Seat Heater (for Driver’s Seat) Seat Heater (for Passenger’s Seat) Seat Heater Relay (for Driver’s Seat) Seat Heater Relay (for Passenger’s Seat) Sub Heated Oxygen Sensor (for California) Theft Deterrent Horn Traction Brake Actuator Traction Pump and Motor ABS Indicator Light [Telltale Light LH] R11 R12 R15 R16 R17 R18 S3 Seat Heater SW Starter Rear Window Defogger (+) Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LH Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RH Rear Wiper Motor and Relay Rear Side Marker Light RH Rear Side Marker Light LH Rear Turn Signal Light LH [Rear Comb. Light LH] Stop Light LH [Rear Comb. Light LH] Taillight LH [Rear Comb. Light LH] Back–Up Light RH [Rear Comb. Light RH] Rear Turn Signal Light RH [Rear Comb. Light RH] Stop Light RH [Rear Comb. Light RH] Taillight RH [Rear Comb. Light RH] 111 114 102 116 111 114 102 102 102 203 188 188 60 122 210 208 184 210 208 208 64 192 214 70 82 114 140 150 159 164 174 184 192 192 192 192 82 130 164 164 159 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S12 S13 S14 S15 S16 T1 T3 T4 T5 : R/B No. 5 (See page 23 20) 51 POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 15A 20A 30A 30A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 20A 30A 30A 30A 30A 50A 50A 60A 60A V3 V4 V5 70 82 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up) 70 70 VSV (for Intake Air Control Valve) 70 VSV (for Exhaust Bypass Valve) VSV (for Exhaust Gas Control Valve) T9 T11 T12 V1 V2 VSV (for EGR) T8 VSV (for ACIS) T7 70 82 VSV (for EVAP) Tension Reducer Solenoid RH Tension Reducer Solenoid LH Traction ECU 70 82 TRAC Off SW T6 60 64 122 164 206 206 82 130 Theft Deterrent ECU T5 CB or Fuse 70 82 122 140 150 174 181 220 228 Telltale Light RH Location Code or Location Charge Warning Light [Telltale Light RH] Open Door Warning Light [Telltale Light RH] Rear Light Warning Light [Telltale Light RH] Seat Belt Warning Light [Telltale Light RH] SRS Warning Light [Telltale Light RH] Parts 164 102 68 118 194 197 220 114 Telltale Light LH Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Warning Light) [Telltale Light LH] *Page Nos. of Related Systems 70 82 *1: (FOR CANADA) *2: (FOR USA) V6 V7 HTR IGN RAD No. 2 ST TURN ECU–B ECU–IG GAUGE MIR–HTR PANEL TAIL CIG SEAT–HTR STOP WIPER DEFOG DOOR ALT–S DOME DRL TRAC FOG HAZ–HORN HEAD (LH) *2 HEAD (LH–LWR) *1 HEAD (LH–UPR) *1 HEAD (RH) *2 HEAD (RH–LWR) *1 HEAD (RH–UPR) *1 RAD No. 1 ABS No. 2 EFI No. 1 EFI No. 2 FAN HTR MAIN ABS No. 1 POWER * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] 52 (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 22 19) (3) : R/B No. 4 (See page 23 23) Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1 (For Combination Meter) Washer Motor V8 V10 W1 Traction Solenoid Relay Traction Motor Relay ABS Solenoid Relay ABS Motor Relay Turn Signal Flasher Rear Window Defogger Relay Diode Starter Relay Horn Relay Heater Relay Headlight Relay Fog Light Relay EFI No. 2 Relay EFI Main Relay A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay Taillight Relay Power Main Relay 70 140 174 220 Integration Relay VSV (for Waste Gate Valve) 70 82 102 70 94 150 126 108 108 82 96 129 60 164 208 136 228 70 106 228 111 164 164 164 164 118 181 203 122 140 108 130 64 220 228 194 130 228 130 150 130 : R/B No. 5 (See page 23 20) 53 POWER SOURCE W TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) 60A POWER W 1 W E7 W–L 2 2 2 120A ALT 1 2 W W 2 TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) E7 W 50A AM1 (FOR USA) 60A AM1 (FOR CANADA) 20A RAD NO. 1 1 2 L–Y 1 2 2 2 W 2 4 1B 7. 5A DOME I19 IGNITION SW 60A ABS NO. 1 ACC 5 P–L IG1 4 B–Y ST1 8 B–W 4 1J 1 R 2 1 7 AM1 50A HTR W 2 1 W–R 2 AM2 IG2 3 (2JZ– GTE) 2 15A HAZ–HORN W 2 B 2 2 1 W 2 7. 5A ALT–S 1 R 2 2 B–O 30A FAN (2JZ–GTE) 1 W–R 2 2 2 30A AM2 1 1 4 W–R 2 W–R IB1 2 2A B 50A MAIN 1 2 R 1 2B BATTERY 15A FOG 1 2 2 G–R 1 R 2 2 4 (USA) 3 R–Y 2 30A EFI NO. 1 1 HEADLIGHT RELAY B–Y 2 W *( 1) 2 2 3 5 2 1 2 B–O 2 L– O (2JZ– GTE) 30A EFI NO. 2 (2JZ–GTE) 1 2 B TO STARTER FROM PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (FOR A/T) CLUTCH START SW (FOR M/T) B 2 STARTER RELAY L–O (2JZ– GTE) 30A ABS NO. 2 (2JZ–GTE) 1 2 Y 2 E7 7. 5A TRAC (2JZ–GTE) 1 2 L–Y 2 56 TO DIMMER SW [COMB. SW] W * ( 1) 2 4 W * ( 1) 2 2 1 2 R–W * ( 1) 2 R–L * ( 1) 3 DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2) (FOR CANADA) TO THEFT DETERRENT ECU R–W * ( 1) TO DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) * 1 : CANADA 2 W–L 10A PANEL TAILLIGHT RELAY W–L 5 3 10A TAIL 1 2 TO LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] 1B 30A DOOR 7. 5A RAD NO. 2 1 2 15A STOP 8 P–L 15A CIG 1J 5 1J B–Y 20A WIPER 10A ECU–B B–W 7. 5A TURN 6 7. 5A ST 30A DEFOG 1J 10A ECU–IG 3 7 4 1K 3 B–O 7. 5A IGN 7. 5A HTR 1J 12 10A GAUGE 1H 15A SEAT–HTR (FOR CANADA) 15A HEAD (LH)(FOR USA) 15A HEAD (LH–LWR)(FOR CANADA) R 2 2 2 R–B 15A HEAD (RH)(FOR USA) 15A HEAD (RH–LWR)(FOR CANADA) 2 1 2 2 R–W W–L R (USA) E7 1 Y R E7 (* 1) R (USA) R R–G (* 1) (* 1) 7. 5A DRL (FOR CANADA) R (* 1) 1 2 2 R–B 2 (* 1) 15A HEAD (LH–UPR) (FOR CANADA) 1 R–W (* 1) 2 2 4 R 2 (* 1) 15A HEAD (RH–UPR) (FOR CANADA) R–W (* 1) R–W E8 (* 1) 1 2 2 1 3 2 5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY R–Y 2 4 (* 1) 4 TO A/C AMPLIFIER 10A MIR–HTR 7 1C B 5 4 B B IC2 57 POWER SOURCE SERVICE HINTS HEADLIGHT RELAY (FOR USA) 2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION HEADLIGHT RELAY (FOR CANADA) 2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION : CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF) TAILLIGHT RELAY 5–3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION I19 IGNITION SW 7–5 7–4 2–3 7–8 : : : : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ST POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE I19 CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE 29 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT ) 4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2B 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1H 1J 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) : SPLICE POINTS CODE E7 58 SEE PAGE 32 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE CODE E8 SEE PAGE 32 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GTE) 1 IJ1 ACC W 7 AM1 IG1 6 1J ST1 8 B–W IG2 3 B–O B–O 2 AM2 7. 5A ST 4 1K I19 IGNITION SW 13 B B–W B–W E16 (A/T) N 5 B (A/T) B–W B–W E16 (M/T) I4 50A AM1 (FOR USA) 60A AM1 (FOR CANADA) B 1 2 3 EA1 (A/T) 2 P2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)(A/T) B 2 2 P (M/T) C9 CLUTCH START SW (M/T) B–W 2 6 (M/T) W W–R 1 (A/T) IJ1 9 IJ2 (A/T) IB1 (A/T) B–W 4 B 4 1B IJ2 (M/T) I4 (A/T) 4 1J B W W–R ST2 2 (A/T) B–W B W B 2 B 30A AM2 120A ALT 1 1 3 1 5 2 50A MAIN 1 13 IF2 B 2 B 2 STARTER RELAY 2 (M/T) 2 TO COMBINATION METER B (A/T) 2 B 2 L–O B 1 2A B E13 : A/T E16 : M/T B 1 EA2 8 IB3 B L–O 1 B IF2 L–O 10 BATTERY 25 SRLY 1 A S2 M A ,S3 STARTER 60 B T13 THEFT DETERRENT ECU * 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU +B B–O B–O B–O B–O 1 1 1 IG– 19 B 2 G 2 Y–R 2 Y–G 2 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) Y–B 2 I6 IGNITION COIL NO. 1 B–O 1 I11 IGNITION COIL NO. 6 B–O 1 I10 IGNITION COIL NO. 5 1 2 B–O E16 B–O E11 B–O E11 B–O E11 Y 2 A B–O E11 I8 IGNITION COIL NO. 3 I7 IGNITION COIL NO. 2 B–O B–W (A/T) B–O E11 I9 IGNITION COIL NO. 4 B–O E16 L–Y B–O 5 B 4 B 10 B 11 B 12 B 6 B 1 A IGC2 IGC3 IGC4 IGC5 I2 IGC6 A ,I3 IGC1 TACH B IGT4 IGT5 IGT6 IGF GND P–B L–O R–Y 3 A GR–G 7 B GR–B 8 B B–O 9 B 57 B 56 B 55 B 54 B 53 B 52 B 58 B 4 A N1 NOISE FILTER IGT3 3 B R–W B–W (A/T) B IGT2 2 B BR IGT1 1 B B–O IGNITER 1 2 77 B 76 B NSW IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGT4 IGT5 IGT6 IGF BR STA E 9 B , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1) G1 G1– 6 B 26 B G2 25 B G2– 5 B NE 27 B NE– 7 B 16 A BR B–W B–R I17 A A A 1 2 C3 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR TO TACHOMETER [COMB. METER] BR C2 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR NO. 2 (SHIELDED) L 2 II1 BR C1 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR NO. 1 1 29 A BR 2 BR (SHIELDED) 1 (SHIELDED) O B–W W B–W L O TACO ED EC 61 STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GTE) SERVICE HINTS I19 IGNITION SW 7–8 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION 2–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION P 2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T) 6–5 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION C 9 CLUTCH START SW (M/T) 1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED S 2(A), S 3(B) STARTER POINTS CLOSED WITH PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T) POINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T) : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C1 24 C2 24 C3 24 C9 D1 CODE I3 SEE PAGE B CODE SEE PAGE 25 J2 29 I6 25 N1 25 (2JZ–GTE) I7 25 P2 28 I8 25 S2 A 25 (2JZ–GTE) 24 (2JZ–GTE) I9 25 S3 B 25 (2JZ–GTE) E9 B 29 I10 25 E10 A 29 I11 25 I2 A 25 I19 29 25 (2JZ–GTE) T13 29 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1J 1K 2A : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE EA1 32 (2JZ–GTE) EA2 32 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO NO. 2) IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IB3 IJ1 IJ2 : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EC 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD ED 32 (2JZ–GTE) REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS E11 E13 E16 62 32 ENGINE WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I4 38 COWL WIRE I17 38 ENGINE WIRE 63 STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GE) ACC 7 AM1 W B–W IG1 6 ST1 8 B–W IG2 3 B–O 1J B–O W–R 2 AM2 ST2 4 1K 13 B 4 1B 1 IB1 W N 5 B B–W (A/T) P P2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (M/T) 2 B–W I17 6 2 2 B–W (A/T) B–W (A/T) C9 CLUTCH START SW W–R 4 IJ2 (M/T) B I4 2 (A/T) 1J B IJ2 B–W B (A/T) IJ1 W B 2 2 B B–W 9 3 EA1 1 E28 (M/T) 50A AM1 (A/T) (M/T) B–W I4 (A/T) 4 B I19 IGNITION SW (A/T) W–R W 7. 5A ST 2 2 120A ALT 1 30A AM2 1 STARTER RELAY 3 50A MAIN 1 5 1 IF2 B 2 B 2 (M/T) 13 2 TO COMBINATION METER B 2 (A/T) B 2 E27 : A/T E28 : M/T B B L–O 2 1 2A B 1 EA3 6 IB2 B L–O 1 B BATTERY IF2 L–O 10 25 B SRLY 1 A M S 2 A , S3 STARTER 64 B T13 THEFT DETERRENT ECU B 1 B–O TO TACHOMETER [COMB. METER] IJ1 B–W 9 B–O IJ1 B–O I20 B–O B–O B–W I5 IGNITION COIL (A/T) II1 2 1 B–O E22 B–W B–W B–O 29 19 IG– +B B–W B–R 3 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) B–O E28 4 5 EXT 1 C– N1 NOISE FILTER I4 IGNITER 2 IGT IGF 2 1 D4 DISTRIBUTOR NE 1 G1 2 G2 3 G– 4 77 76 57 58 27 26 25 7 STA NSW IGT IGF NE G1 G2 G– BR (SHIELDED) G W R B R–Y A E9 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A BR R–W (A/T) B–W B B ED EC 65 STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GE) SERVICE HINTS I19 IGNITION SW 7–8 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION 2–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION P 2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T) 6–5 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION C 9 CLUTCH START SW 1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED S 2(A), S 3(B) STARTER POINTS CLOSED WITH PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T) POINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T) : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE C9 28 I5 27 S2 D1 26 (2JZ–GE) I19 29 S3 D4 26 J2 29 E9 29 N1 27 (2JZ–GE) I4 27 P2 27 (2JZ–GE) SEE PAGE A 27 (2JZ–GE) B 27 (2JZ–GE) T13 29 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1J 1K 2A : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE EA1 34 (2JZ–GE) EA3 34 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO NO. 2) IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IB2 IJ1 IJ2 : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EC 34 (2JZ–GE) FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD ED 34 (2JZ–GE) REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS E22 E27 E28 66 34 ENGINE WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I4 38 COWL WIRE I17 38 ENGINE WIRE I20 38 COWL WIRE 67 * 1 : 2JZ–GTE * 2 : 2JZ–GE CHARGING W 10A GAUGE 8 1E 12 1E 12 120A ALT W 2 Y–G 2 2 3 Y 2 T6 CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT RH] B–O W W W 7. 5A IGN W FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 7. 5A ALT–S I14 Y–G B Y–G 1 2A 23 4 EA2 (* 1) 2 EA3 (* 2) II1 1 A 2 L A 3 IG A S IC REGULATOR G1 B ,G2 GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) 68 A W W W Y Y–G BATTERY II1 Y–G 34 FROM COMBINATION METER 1 1 1 B B SERVICE HINTS G 2(A) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) (A) 3–GROUND: 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F) 13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 5000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F) (A) 1–GROUND: 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE 24 (2JZ–GTE) G1 B CODE 24 (2JZ–GTE) G2 26 (2JZ–GE) A T6 SEE PAGE 29 26 (2JZ–GE) : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE 2 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE EA2 32 EA3 34 II1 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO NO. 2) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE I14 G 1 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B G 2 A 1 2 BLACK T 6 1 3 3 X 12 X X 69 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE) SYSTEM OUTLINE THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, TRANSMISSION ETC. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE, WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AlR TEMP. WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). (3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS SIDE AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). (4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). (5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL1. (6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUIT THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.1 INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSION AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER. (7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” AND “P” OR NOT, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). (8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL ACMG OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA EFI MAIN RELAY. THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). (10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL VG OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING OR NOT AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY KNOCK SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS KNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. 70 2. CONTROL SYSTEM * SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, 40, #50 AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROLS OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO (13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4, IGT5 AND IGT6 THESE SIGNALS CONTROL THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM THE MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR, SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4), (9) TO (11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT1, HT2 TO CONTROL THE HEATER. * IDLE AIR CONTROL (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATE THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11) ETC.), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1, ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE). * EGR CONTROL SYSTEM THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE. * FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPC AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP ECU AND FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. 3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THE CODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT). 4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM WHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE. 71 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE) B–O FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) ACC IG1 1 B–O 7 AM1 1 ST1 8 IG2 3 30A EFI NO. 1 2 B–W 2 B–Y I19 IGNITION SW 2 2 B–O 2 AM2 30A EFI NO. 2 6 1J B–Y E7 4 B–Y EA1 (A/T) IB1 B (A/T) 13 IJ2 B–W 5 2 2 B–W 10 5 IC2 12 1 6 B (A/T) B F15 FUEL PUMP ECU DI E FPC 8 W–B 30A AM2 IC2 G 2 L–R B6 IC2 L–R 11 FP 5 L–R N 2 120A ALT B–R E7 L–O P (M/T) W 1 2 G +B 2 B–R 6 2 2 E9 IB1 G IJ1 5 2 V–W B–W 2 1 (M/T) 50A AM1 (FOR USA) 60A AM1 (FOR CANADA) 2 B–R L–O 2 P2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) 2 (A/T) W 2 C9 CLUTCH START SW 5 2 W–B 1 1 2 E16 L–O B W–R 4 1B B (M/T) I4 3 W–B 4 2 EFI MAIN RELAY 4 1K 4 1J B–R 2 B–R 1 GR B–R B–W (A/T) 3 2 EFI NO. 2 RELAY W–R W 2 B–R B–Y B–R 7. 5A ST B–W 1 6 BP1 L B 1 2A V–W 4 F14 FUEL PUMP E16 : M/T E13 : A/T BATTERY BI 2 BP1 B W–B W–B W–B B W–B 5 TO STARTER RELAY 72 M EB * 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU B–O B–O 9 B–O B–O IJ1 B–O I20 B–R B–O B–O B–R S1 SFI RESISTOR (EFI RESISTOR) 1 B–R +B # 40 # 50 # 60 8 7 6 BR R G B–Y W 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 B–R B–R 24 A M–REL 76 B NSW 33 A 1 A BATT IGSW E9 1 1 R 1 I16 INJECTOR NO. 5 1 R–W 1 R–L B–O II1 I15 INJECTOR NO. 4 B–O 13 B–Y (A/T) B–W B–R GR 2 EA2 R–G GR EA1 R–Y 8 1E 8 I14 INJECTOR NO. 3 B–R EA2 1 R–B (A/T) GR B–R # 30 4 I13 INJECTOR NO. 2 B–R # 20 3 I12 INJECTOR NO. 1 B–W # 10 2 L 7. 5A IGN B–Y I17 INJECTOR NO. 6 B–R 3 1J 20 B 19 B 18 B 17 B 16 B 15 B # 10 # 20 # 30 # 40 # 50 # 60 B , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1) ISC1 ISC4 34 B 32 B R–G V 2 ISC2 33 B G–W P 2 ISC3 35 B 4 6 1 3 B–R 74 B B EVAP 75 B V–W EGR 77 B G–O STA 22 A G FPC 21 A V–Y DI +B 31 A L–R V–W 7 IC2 4 L–R 1 1 8 IJ1 V–W B–R B–R B–R B IJ1 B 5 B–R E15 2 B–R G IJ1 B–R G I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE) B–R 12 V3 VSV (FOR EVAP) V2 VSV (FOR EGR) E12 B–R E14 B–R E14 B–R L–R B–R 73 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE) B–R B–R E15 B–R B–R BR–B E16 E2 2 E2 5 4 BR–B 38 B VSV3 66 B 28 B THA VG 65 B E21 E9 B , E10 B–Y 45 B BR–B BR 2 G–R 40 B VSV1 L–R E16 Y–R V7 VSV (FOR INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE) G–B 2 VG 3 P–L V4 VSV (FOR EXHAUST BYPASS VALVE) THA 1 BR–B B–R B–R B 1 VC 3 L–R M1 MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) 1 PIM 2 B–Y E10 E2 1 BR–B B–R B–R T14 TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR E10 62 B E2 PM1 A HT2 HT1 72 B 71 B 48 B 73 B 60 B W–L L–W 47 B W OX2 B–L ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1) OX1 FPU PMC 2 2 KNK1 VSV2 39 B KNK2 50 B 49 B HT 10 IC1 R–L 3 B–R 74 OX +B 2 1 K2 KNOCK SENSOR (ON REAR SIDE) K1 KNOCK SENSOR (ON FRONT SIDE) W (SHIELDED) W (SHIELDED) G–Y B–R V5 VSV (FOR EXHAUST GAS CONTROL VALVE) 1 (SHIELDED) W E 4 1 (SHIELDED) 3 BR BR R–L E1 BR BR B–R E10 B–R E13 B–R 4 B–R H11 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SUB) E13 L–R HT 2 (SHIELDED) B–R B–R 1 1 OX IJ1 B–R 20 1 +B IC1 B–R B–R 2 9 (SHIELDED) IC1 IC1 BR–W 4 B–R 12 H5 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (MAIN) W I17 1 B–R V6 VSV (FOR FUEL PRESSURE UP) IJ2 (SHIELDED) R–L 4 R–L IJ2 (SHIELDED) 14 (SHIELDED) IJ2 BR–W 5 R–L BR–W I17 B–R R–L V8 VSV (FOR WASTE GATE VALVE) (SHIELDED) B–R E10 B–R B–R L–R * 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU 1 R GR–R 42 B 63 B R Y L–R 41 B Y–L TO TRACTION ECU E16 VCC 43 B VTA1 TO TRACTION ECU E16 64 B IDL1 VTA2 2 44 B IDL2 1 2 29 II1 2 24 B THW FROM COMBINATION METER 1 B–W E16 L–R BR–B E16 BR–B GR–R L–R BR–B E16 B–W BR–B E16 E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR BR–Y BR–B E16 (A/T) 1 O 2 (A/T) BR–B BR–B 3 A5 A/T FLUID TEMP. SENSOR R 4 E3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) L–Y BR–B 4 BR–B 3 GR–R 2 Y–L 1 Y S5 SUB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR L–R T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 46 B OIL THG 16 A TACO E 9 B , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1) G2– 25 B NE– 7 B W (SHIELDED) A A A B–W (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) Y–L A 1 2 2 1 (SHIELDED) A LG C2 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR NO. 2 BR R–L W B–R A (SHIELDED) BR A L A I17 O W (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) 27 B O C1 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR NO. 1 1 2 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A NE 5 B B–R G2 6 B BR G1– L G1 26 B 15 BR OX2 4 8 OX1 TE1 (SHIELDED) +B R–L 12 FP 1 BR C3 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) 13 VF1 IG– 19 B E1 3 B–R B–R L–R B–R BR BR E13 L–R BR E14 BR BR 75 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 10A MIR–HTR 10A PANEL 14 A 13 A TRC+ TRC– E9 B , E10 G–W Y–R 6 11 IJ1 IJ1 15 A 34 A ELS A/C 23 A ACMG 12 A OD1 4 A 17 A STP (A/T) Y–R (A/T) 11 A ABS GR–R 26 A EFI– BR–B L–R R–Y 27 A EFI+ IJ1 II1 W–G W–R O W 32 14 IJ2 11 (A/T) G–W 38 A NEO II1 31 P–L B IJ2 S11 STOP LIGHT SW TO A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU (A/T) R–Y 2 GR–R 1 2 EA1 2 2 3 BR–B 1 P–L L–R W–G IF1 TO A/C AMPLIFIER D8 DIODE (FOR IDLE–UP) L–R 3 G–O TO TRACTION ECU W 10 1I TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU 6 1E L–R 4 IH 15A STOP TT A E01 E02 TE1 VF1 IGF W 69 B 80 B 79 B 20 A 29 B 57 B 56 B 55 B 54 B 53 B 52 B 58 B 6 A 2 A 19 A BR BR BR Y–L LG R–W B–O GR–B GR–G P–B L–O R–Y L–B P P–G ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1) E1 IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGT4 IGT5 IGT6 SP1 TE2 BR BR I11 1 A IGT1 2 A IGT2 3 A IGT3 9 A 8 A IGT4 IGT5 7 A IGT6 3 B IGF 8 IC1 B BR BR TACH 1 B Y–L I17 LG E16 Y–L LG I2 B ,I3 IGNITER A P–G Y–L LG P 18 L–B IJ1 BR I16 ED 76 BR BR BR I17 BR BR I17 BR BR BR BR B * 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 10A GAUGE Y Y I14 B I14 C10 A , C12 Y Y 2 L–R 3 I14 11 A L–R 6 E1 TE1 ENG 1 7 17 IJ1 5 IJ1 II1 R Y L–R 23 8 II1 3 1 2 LG Y–L P–G BR P L–B TE2 2 II1 11 B 7 W 3 2 R TT ODO AND TRIP Y 8 5 10 A BR 5 D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) 1 L–R I5 T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH L–B L–B 7 IF1 9 A BR L–B (A/T) Y Y GR–R I14 SPEEDOMETER [COMB. METER] T5 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) [TELLTALE LIGHT LH] Y 12 1E 13 IJ1 15 II1 11 II1 V10 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 (FOR COMBINATION METER) P Y–L L–B P–G LG P BR I8 BR L–B IF 77 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE) SERVICE HINTS EFI MAIN RELAY (2) 3– (2) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION EFI NO. 2 RELAY (2) 3– (2) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) 1– 2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F) 4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F) 2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F) 0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F) 0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F) 0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F) I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE) 1, 3– 2: APPROX. 10–30  4, 6– 5: APPROX. 10–30  I12, I13, I14, I15, I16, I17 INJECTOR 1– 2: APPROX. 13–8  T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1– 4: APPROX. 4–9 K 1– 3: 3.3– 10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED POSITION 0.2– 0.8 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.) 1– 2: 0–2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.45 MM (0.0177 IN.) INFINITY WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.55 MM (0.0216 IN.) E 9(B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) (VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS) BATT–E1 : ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTS IGSW–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON M–REL–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON +B–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON IDL1–E2 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN : 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED VTA1–E2 : 0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED : 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN #10, #20, #30–E01, E02 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) #40, #50, #60–E01, E02 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F) THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F) STA–E1 : 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) W–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE IDLING IGF–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) NSW–E1 : 0–3 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER P OR N POSITION 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT P OR N POSITION SP1 : PULSE GENERATION TE1, TE2–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON A/C–E1 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C OFF 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C ON ELS–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT ON, DEFOGGER ON 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT OFF, DEFOGGER OFF STP–E1 : 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED) 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF (RESISTANCE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS) IDL1–E2 : INFINITY WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN : 0–2.3 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED VTA1–E2 : 3.3 K10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN : 200  –800  WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED VCC–E2 : 4 K –9 K THA–E2 : 2 K –3 K WITH INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F) THW–E2 : 200 –400  WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F) ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4– +B : 10–30  #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60– +B : 13.2 –14.2  78 : PARTS LOCATION CODE A5 C1 C2 C3 C9 C10 A C12 B D1 D5 D8 E1 E3 E9 B E10 A F14 F15 SEE PAGE 24 (2JZ–GTE) 24 24 24 28 28 28 24 (2JZ–GTE) 28 28 24 (2JZ–GTE) 24 (2JZ–GTE) 29 29 30 30 CODE H5 H11 I1 I2 I3 B A I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I19 J2 K1 K2 M1 SEE PAGE 24 29 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 25 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 (2JZ–GTE) 29 29 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 CODE P2 S1 S5 S11 T2 T5 T6 T14 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 V10 SEE PAGE 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 25 29 25 (2JZ–GTE) 29 29 25 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 25 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 25 25 (2JZ–GTE) : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1H 1I 1J 1K 2A : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1 SEE PAGE 32 (2JZ–GTE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO NO. 2) EA2 32 IB1 IC1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH) IC2 IF1 II1 IJ1 IJ2 BP1 : GROUND POINTS CODE EB ED IF BI SEE PAGE 32 (2JZ–GTE) 32 (2JZ–GTE) 36 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD LEFT KICK PANEL LEFT QUARTER PILLAR : SPLICE POINTS CODE E7 E9 SEE PAGE 32 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE CODE I5 I8 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE E10 I11 38 COWL WIRE E12 I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE E13 I16 38 CONSOLE BOX WIRE I17 38 ENGINE WIRE E15 I20 38 COWL WIRE E16 B6 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE E14 I4 32 38 ENGINE WIRE COWL WIRE 79 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE) 80 81 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE) SYSTEM OUTLINE THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, TRANSMISSION ETC. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE, WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AlR TEMP. WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). (3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT (EXCEPT CALIFORNIA) THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). (FOR CALIFORNIA) THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2, OX3 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). (4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND ENGINE SPEED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE. (5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL1. (6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUIT THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.1 INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSION AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER. (7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” OR “P” OR NOT, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). (8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL ACMG OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA EFI MAIN RELAY. THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). (10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL KS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING OR NOT AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. 82 (13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY KNOCK SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS KNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. 2. CONTROL SYSTEM * SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, 40, #50 AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROLS OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO (13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT. THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM (FOR CALIFORNIA) THE MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE, SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4), (9) TO (11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT1, HT2, HT3 TO CONTROL THE HEATER. * IDLE AIR CONTROL (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11) ETC.), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1, ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE). * EGR CONTROL SYSTEM THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE. * FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPC AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP ECU AND FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM) ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED AND CLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FOR INCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) JUDGES THE VEHICLE SPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL ACIS TO CONTROL THE VSV (FOR INTAKE CONTROL VALVE). 3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THE CODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT). 4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM WHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE. 83 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE) B–O ACC 1 IG1 ST1 8 B–O 7 AM1 FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) B–W 30A EFI NO. 1 B–O 2 I19 IGNITION SW 2 B–Y IG2 3 B–W 2 AM2 6 1J B–W (A/T) 2 3 EFI MAIN RELAY I17 (A/T) (A/T) 2 6 5 2 2 W–B P B–R IJ2 B–W N 3 B–R E20 B–R 5 L–R IC2 IB1 6 BP1 L–R B–R 2 7 L–R B6 50A AM1 B–R EA3 5 2 B–W 2 (A/T) 13 B–W B 2 1 B (M/T) C9 CLUTCH START SW W–R W 2 (M/T) I4 4 1B 2 1 IB1 P2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) 4 GR EA1 B–Y B–W 4 1K B 4 1J B–Y 8 GR (A/T) W–R W E20 7. 5A ST 4 EA1 B–Y IJ1 1 120A ALT 30A AM2 L 5 +B FP E DI 1 FPC 2 3 G W–B 4 M 5 1 12 IC2 IC2 4 IJ1 B G V–W 1 2A 11 W–B 1 F15 FUEL PUMP ECU F14 FUEL PUMP 2 4 V–W 2 L–R 2 IC2 B–R W–B B (A/T) B W (M/T) 10 2 12 E28 : M/T E27 : A/T IJ1 V–W G B B EB 84 W–B TO STARTER RELAY W–B BATTERY BI W–B 2 BP1 W–B * 1 : CALIFORNIA * 2 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA * 3 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU B–O 9 IJ1 B–O I20 B–O B–O E28 B–W BR 29 7. 5A IGN B–W B–W II1 B–W B–O 1J B–W 3 FROM IGNITION COIL B–O TO COMBINATION METER E28 1E 1 A NSW IGSW E9 3 C– IGT IGF 1 57 B 58 B IGT IGF B , E10 +B 2 R–Y 76 B BATT 5 R–W 33 A II1 B–O B–Y B–W GR 24 A M–REL (A/T) 13 I4 IGNITER GR 4 EXT B–O 8 B–R B–Y B–W (A/T) A DI 21 A STA +B 77 B 31 A EGR 75 B OX3 36 A 30 A BR–W P L–R HT3 (SHIELDED) B–R B G V2 VSV (FOR EGR) B–W IJ1 2 V–W G +B 1 HT IC1 (SHIELDED) 10 (* 1) R–L 9 IJ2 IC1 3 OX (SHIELDED) IC1 4 (SHIELDED) 2 12 (* 1) IC1 IJ2 R–L S16 SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (FOR CALIFORNIA) 4 14 (* 1) (* 1) 20 IJ1 BR–W B–R BR–W E26 (* 1) B–R (* 1) E25 B–R B–R B–R E25 IJ2 (* 1) 5 B–R L–R 8 V–W 1 R–L 22 A (* 1) FPC B–R (* 1) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 3) E1 4 B–R (* 1) B BR B–W BR L–R ED 85 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE) B–O BR–B BR–B E27 B–O 1 4 1 L–R L–R P–L R 2 E27 R–L 1 R–W 1 R–G 1 R–Y 1 3 L–R B–O 2 I12 INJECTOR NO. 1 B–O 2 I16 INJECTOR NO. 5 B–O 2 I15 INJECTOR NO. 4 2 I14 INJECTOR NO. 3 2 I13 INJECTOR NO. 2 B–O E28 B–O E28 L–R BR–B B–O B–O E28 2 R–B I17 INJECTOR NO. 6 B–O E28 LG–B B–O E28 1 V12 VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) 5 BR–B BR 15 B 19 B 18 B 17 B 16 B 20 B 66 B 41 B 45 B # 60 # 20 # 30 # 40 # 50 # 10 KS VCC 65 B THA E2 E 9 B , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 3) FPU KNK1 36 B KNK2 50 B 49 B NE G1 G2 27 B 26 B 25 B G– 7 B BR G W R B W W (* 1) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) A A (SHIELDED) A K2 KNOCK SENSOR (ON REAR SIDE) 1 (SHIELDED) 1 1 2 NE G1 3 G2 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (* 1) K1 KNOCK SENSOR (ON FRONT SIDE) 1 A (SHIELDED) A A (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) A A (SHIELDED) 4 G– D4 DISTRIBUTOR (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) B–R (SHIELDED) 2 B–R V6 VSV (FOR FUEL PRESSURE UP) W–L (SHIELDED) BR A B–R E23 (* 1) (* 1) BR B–W B–W L–R L–R 86 * 1 : CALIFORNIA * 2 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA * 3 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 2 BR–B 6 1E 10 1I 3 G–O W L–R (A/T) 2 4 1H 15A STOP 2 D8 DIODE (FOR IDLE–UP) IF1 1 L–R 1 2 S11 STOP LIGHT SW 3 G–W 1 R–Y BR–Y O 11 64 B IDL1 44 B 24 B 46 B 15 A THW OIL THG ELS E9 B , E10 IJ1 G–W II1 R–Y 32 R Y 1 10A PANEL R I17 43 B VTA1 10A MIR–HTR 2 L–Y L–R E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR 1 (A/T) 2 E3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU Y L–R 3 R T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 4 E28 BR–B E28 BR–B E27 BR–B BR–B BR–B A5 A/T FLUID TEMP. SENSOR BR–B 4 A STP A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 3) HT2 OX2 47 B 72 B B–Y 73 B R–L HT1 OX1 48 B (* 1) (* 1) B–Y B–R 1 OX +B E BR W (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) BR E27 B–R BR E23 BR B–R L–R 4 (* 1) 2 B–W M3 MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (FOR CALIFORNIA ON REAR SIDE) HT (* 1) R–L BR 4 (* 1) (SHIELDED) B–R E M2 MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (FOR CALIFORNIA ON FRONT SIDE) R–L I17 3 1 HT +B 2 B–R (* 1) 1 OX W O3 OXYGEN SENSOR (EXCEPT CALIFORNIA ON FRONT SIDE) (* 2) O4 OXYGEN SENSOR (EXCEPT CALIFORNIA ON REAR SIDE) 3 1 R–L (* 1) W I17 (* 1) W (* 2) B–L W (SHIELDED) (* 1) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) E28 B–R E23 (*1) E26 B–R BR (*1) B–W BR L–R ED 87 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE) B–R A , E10 B–R V3 VSV (FOR EVAP) 1 2 V G–O 2 1 B–R E24 G–Y V–Y B–R B–R B–R 6 R–G V1 VSV (FOR ACIS) B–R 4 G–W TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE) 3 GR–R (A/T) 34 B OD1 ISC2 32 B 35 B ISC4 ISC1 28 B TE1 20 A TE2 19 A P–G E9 12 A ACMG 1 Y–L 23 A A/C IJ2 5 L–O W–G 34 A 11 BR–B 2 EA1 2 E24 (A/T) W–G L–R II1 L–R 31 BR–B TO A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY TO A/C AMPLIFIER E24 33 B 39 B ISC3 ACIS 74 B 17 A TT EVAP B (SHIELDED) VF2 R–L 15 OX2 TE1 B–R 12 B–W 19 L–R 1 6 A 2 A 80 B 79 B P BR BR VF1 SP1 EO1 EO2 14 8 Y–L I17 +B IG– VF1 B–R W 69 B L–B D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) E1 29 B BR VF2 LG ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*3) 13 LG I17 Y–L 5 IJ1 Y–L P–G 17 IJ1 P–G LG 13 IJ1 LG FP (SHIELDED) L–B W 3 OX1 P E1 BR W 4 BR I17 BR BR 18 IJ1 BR BR B–R BR I17 BR ED 88 BR BR (* 1) BR BR (*1) 8 IC1 BR (* 1) * 1 : CALIFORNIA * 2 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA * 3 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 10A GAUGE Y 12 1E 2 7 Y Y Y L–R V10 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 (FOR COMBINATION METER) R B A , C12 SPEEDOMETER [COMB. METER] 3 II1 11 3 2 II1 2 L–B BR LG C10 E1 15 P–G 11 A R 1 10 A II1 L–R Y–L 8 II1 R ENG 11 B L–R TE2 5 L–R TE1 II1 1 9 A BR L–B W 6 BR I5 ODO AND TRIP L–R L–B 8 TT 7 1 P (A/T) 5 3 P 7 IF1 L–B 23 T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH IJ1 D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) Y–L GR–R 6 I14 2 L–B (A/T) Y I14 Y T5 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) [TELLTALE LIGHT LH] GR–R Y Y I14 I14 P–G L–R LG L–B BR P BR I11 BR I8 BR BR (* 1) IF 89 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE) SERVICE HINTS EFI MAIN RELAY (2) 3– (2) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) 1– 2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F) 4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F) 2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F) 0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F) 0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F) 0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F) I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE) 1, 3– 2: APPROX. 10–30  4, 6– 5: APPROX. 10–30  I12, I13, I14, I15, I16, I17 INJECTOR 1– 2: APPROX. 13–8  T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1– 4: APPROX. 4–9 K 1– 3: 3.3– 10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED POSITION 0.2– 0.8 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.) 1– 2: 0–2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.45 MM (0.0177 IN.) INFINITY WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.55 MM (0.0216 IN.) E 9(B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) (VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS) BATT–E1 : ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTS IGSW–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON M–REL–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON +B–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON IDL1–E2 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN : 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED VTA1–E2 : 0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED : 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN #10, #20, #30–E01, E02 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) #40, #50, #60–E01, E02 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F) THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F) STA–E1 : 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) W–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE IDLING IGF–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) NSW–E1 : 0.3 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER P OR N POSITION 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT P OR N POSITION SP1 : PULSE GENERATION TE1, TE2–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON A/C–E1 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C OFF 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C ON ELS–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT ON, DEFOGGER ON 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT OFF, DEFOGGER OFF STP–E1 : 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED) 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF (RESISTANCE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) CONNECTORS) IDL1–E2 : INFINITY WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN : 0–2.3 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED VTA1–E2 : 3.3 K10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN : 200  –800  WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED VCC–E2 : 4 K –9 K THA–E2 : 2 K –3 K WITH INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F) THW–E2 : 200 –400  WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F) ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4– +B : 10–30  #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60– +B : 13.2 –14.2  ACIS– +B : 38.5 –44.5  90 : PARTS LOCATION CODE A5 C9 C10 A C12 B D1 D4 D5 D8 E1 E3 E9 B E10 A F14 F15 SEE PAGE 26 (2JZ–GE) 28 28 28 26 (2JZ–GE) 26 28 28 26 (2JZ–GE) 26 (2JZ–GE) 29 29 30 30 CODE I1 I4 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I19 J2 K1 K2 M2 M3 SEE PAGE 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GE) 29 29 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 27 CODE O3 O4 P2 S11 S16 T2 T5 T6 V1 V2 V3 V6 V10 V12 SEE PAGE 27 27 27 (2JZ–GE) 29 29 27 (2JZ–GE) 29 29 27 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B 1E 1H 1I 1J 20 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1K 2A : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1 SEE PAGE 34 (2JZ–GE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO NO. 2) EA3 34 IB1 IC1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH) IC2 IF1 II1 IJ1 IJ2 BP1 : GROUND POINTS CODE EB ED IF BI SEE PAGE 34 (2JZ–GE) 34 (2JZ–GE) 36 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD LEFT KICK PANEL LEFT QUARTER PILLAR : SPLICE POINTS CODE E20 SEE PAGE 34 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E23 CODE I5 I8 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE E24 I11 38 COWL WIRE E25 I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I17 38 ENGINE WIRE E27 I20 38 COWL WIRE E28 B6 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE E26 I4 34 38 ENGINE WIRE COWL WIRE 91 ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE) 92 93 * 1 : 2JZ–GTE * 2 : 2JZ–GE HEADLIGHT (FOR USA) R R R–Y 2 2 1 R R R–Y 1 13 IB2 15A HEAD (RH) 15A HEAD (LH) 2 2 2 R–W R–Y 2 2 E 2 : *1 E18 : * 2 1 R–W HEADLIGHT RELAY 2 IB1 R–B R–Y R–W 2 R–B 2 R–W 4 I2 R–W 3 2 50A MAIN 6 IF1 13 14 R–L R–L TAIL E 2 : *1 E18 : * 2 LOW DIMMER SW HIGH 14 IF1 7 IB1 9 I2 W–B 5 1K W–B R–L 12 R–L 11 W–B C13 COMBINATION SW R–L FLASH 1 1J W–B IE EA 2 1 W–B H3 HEADLIGHT LO LH 1 E 9 : *1 E21 : * 2 OFF HEAD 94 H1 HEADLIGHT HI LH 1 2 R–L BATTERY LIGHT CONTROL SW 1 2 W–B 3 2 R–L R H2 HEADLIGHT HI RH C12 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 2 H4 HEADLIGHT LO RH R–W H 7 B 1 2A 6 HRLY R–Y I20 INTEGRATION RELAY 1 SERVICE HINTS HEADLIGHT RELAY 2 1– : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] 13–11 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION C13 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW] 14–9 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION 12–9 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C12 28 C13 28 CODE H2 24 (2JZ–GTE) H1 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE 24 (2JZ–GTE) H4 27 (2JZ–GE) 24 (2JZ–GTE) H3 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GTE) 27 (2JZ–GE) I20 29 27 (2JZ–GE) : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE 2 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE 1J 1K 2A JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (LEFT KICK LEFT) 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IB1 IB2 IF1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 32 (2JZ–GTE) EA FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER 34 (2JZ–GE) IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE E2 32 E9 E18 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS E21 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I2 38 COWL WIRE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 34 (2JZ–GTE) (2JZ–GE) C12 C12 C13 BLACK X 2 3 X X X 2 3 X X X X 9 H1 1 BLACK 2 H2 1 BLACK 2 H3 1 BROWN 2 H4 1 BROWN 11 12 13 14 I20 2 X 6 7 95 HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA) R R–Y W FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 10A GAUGE 7. 5A DOME 2 2 R 12 1H 9 1H R W R R–Y Y 5 1B 2 2 2 3 2 4 1 2B HEADLIGHT RELAY 1 15 D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 50A MAIN 2 11 8 Y–G 1 IF2 B Y–G 7 BR–W 1 2A 34 II1 Y–G BATTERY 1 1 L 96 G2 GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) P5 PARKING BRAKE SW R R R–Y R–W W E7 W 2 2 4 3 1 R–Y 2 DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2) 2 R–L 2 IB3 R–Y I4 5 17 R–Y D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) IB2 R–Y 13 R–L 1 R–Y R–Y TO THEFT DETERRENT ECU I2 R–Y 16 B–W W–B G–W 4 1 LIGHT CONTROL SW 13 R–Y R 14 13 OFF TAIL LOW HIGH FLASH 12 9 11 G–W DIODE I20 INTEGRATION RELAY I2 HEAD DIMMER SW 18 6 7 C13 COMBINATION SW R–W 4 W–B W–B 2 1 5 1K B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW EB W–B IG W–B 1 1J 2 W–B W IE 97 HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA) R E7 R–W R R–W R R–W 2 2 1 2 1 15A HEAD (LH–UPR) 2 1 15A HEAD (RH–UPR) 2 2 1 15A HEAD (RH–LWR) 2 2 2 1 7. 5A DRL 2 R R–W E7 15A HEAD (LH–LWR) 2 2 R–W 2 2 2 1 IB1 D2 A ,D3 B DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 6 2 A IF1 H4 HEADLIGHT LO RH R–Y 3 A 1 A 5 A W–B W–B W–B R–W 2 1 1 2 C12 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] IB5 3 R–L 4 B H3 HEADLIGHT LO LH W–B 13 2 B 2 W–B R–B 3 B R–W R–L R–W E2 TO FOG LIGHT RELAY R–W R–Y R–B R–L R–L 2 1 B R–B R–G 1 H2 HEADLIGHT HI RH R–B 2 H1 HEADLIGHT HI LH W–B 2 R–W R–B R E1 E2 E8 W–B 14 IF1 EA 98 EB W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B E2 IE EA SYSTEM OUTLINE VOLTAGE IS ALWAYS APPLIED FROM THE MAIN FUSE, THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN), TERMINAL 6 OF INTEGRATION RELAY, TERMINAL 14 OF DIMMER SW, DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2) (COIL SIDE), TO TERMINAL 17 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, VOLTAGE FROM THE GAUGE FUSE IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). 1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION WHEN THE ENGINE STARTS, VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL “L” OF THE GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE. WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE PARKING BRAKE SW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). THIS ACTIVATES THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN), TURNING ON THE DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2). CURRENT ALSO FLOWS FROM THE MAIN FUSE TO DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2) (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (LH–UPR) FUSE → HEADLIGHT HI LH → HEADLIGHT HI RH → TERMINAL (A)5 OF DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL (A)3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP AT APPROX. 20 % OF THEIR NORMAL BRIGHTNESS. ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) HAS BEEN ACTIVATED AND THE HEADLIGHTS LIGHT UP, THE HEADLIGHTS REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS ENGAGED AGAIN (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). 2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT HEAD POSITION AND THE DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 13 OF LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY. THIS CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO THE HEAD LWR FUSE → HEADLIGHT LO → GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP AT NORMAL BRIGHTNESS. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DRL FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, ACTIVATING RELAY NO. 3. WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS AT HIGH POSITION, TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIMMER SW OUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) TO ACTIVATE IT. THIS TURNS ON DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2). SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2) (POINT SIDE) TO THE HEAD (LH–UPR) FUSE → HEADLIGHT HI LH → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND FROM THE HEAD (RH–UPR) FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → HEADLIGHT HI RH → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO OPERATE AT HI. WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS AT FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE RELAY. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) FLOWS TO HEADLIGHT LO, LIGHTING UP HEADLIGHT LO AND ACTIVATING DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3. THEN TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIMMER SW OUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN), ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TO HEADLIGHT HI LIKE IT DOES FOR HIGH POSITION. THIS CAUSES ALL HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP. SERVICE HINTS D 6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 15–GROUND 2–GROUND 13–GROUND 5–GROUND : : : : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ALWAYS CONTINUOUS APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE OR LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION (WITH THE CONNECTOR IS DISCONNECTED, ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS) 8–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED 99 HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA) : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE B2 24 (2JZ–GTE) D6 28 C12 28 G2 C13 28 H1 CODE SEE PAGE H4 24 (2JZ–GTE) 24 (2JZ–GTE) I20 29 24 (2JZ–GTE) P5 29 D2 A 24 H2 24 (2JZ–GTE) D3 B 24 H3 24 (2JZ–GTE) : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 2A 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2B 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1H 1J 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IB1 IB2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) 36 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IB3 IB5 IF1 IF2 II1 : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EA 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER EB 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS E1 E2 E7 100 CODE E8 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I2 I4 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 38 COWL WIRE 101 TAILLIGHT 2 1B 1 5 2 3 10A TAIL TAILLIGHT RELAY W–L DIODE 2 1 11 1K 3 1A 16 1C G G G–W G B6 2 G G G I20 INTEGRATION RELAY 2 G 5 1 G E 2 : 2JZ–GTE E18 : 2JZ–GE 60A POWER 2 W–B 120A ALT HEAD 11 F5 LH 1 1 2 F6 RH 1 W–B 1 TAIL 2 2 F4 RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT OFF 2 3 W–B 3 F3 LH W–B 2 PARKING LIGHT [FRONT FOG LIGHT] W G 4 C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] 1 1 2A L1 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT W–B 1 5 1K W–B B 2 E 2 : 2JZ–GTE E18 : 2JZ–GE W–B 1 1J E 2 : 2JZ–GTE E18 : 2JZ–GE W–B BATTERY IE 102 EB W–B W–B W–B EA FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 10A GAUGE 12 1E Y 2 1C G 1 18 V Y G B5 T6 REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT RH] G 5 L2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 8 1 DELAY CIRCUIT 2 R12 RH 9 11 LG 2 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT – + R11 LH 4 G G 3 1 LG W–B LG 1 1 W–B 5 R10 RH 5 W–B R9 LH TAILLIGHT [REAR COMB. LIGHT] W–B B7 W–B IE1 V G B8 W–B B7 B6 B5 BI W–B B3 W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B BJ 103 TAILLIGHT SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION. THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, ANO ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR. TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 9, AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF. SERVICE HINTS TAILLIGHT RELAY 5–3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 4, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 11–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C13 CODE 28 F5 24 (2JZ–GTE) F3 F6 26 (2JZ–GE) F4 F5 SEE PAGE 2 30 24 (2JZ–GTE) R10 30 26 (2JZ–GE) R11 30 24 (2JZ–GTE) I20 29 R12 30 26 (2JZ–GE) L1 30 T6 29 24 (2JZ–GTE) L2 30 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1A SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1B 1J 1K 2A : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IE1 SEE PAGE 36 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE EA EB SEE PAGE 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER 104 SEE PAGE R9 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE CODE 26 (2JZ–GE) : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE E2 32 E18 34 B3 B5 40 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS B6 B7 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE B8 105 FOG LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 1 15A HEAD (LH) (FOR USA) 15A HEAD(LH–LWR) (FOR CANADA) 15A FOG 2 2 2 2 R–B G–R 2 1 2 3 FOG LIGHT RELAY 2 5 2 E 2 : 2JZ–GTE E18 : 2JZ–GE 2 O G–O G–O 2 F3 FRONT FOG LIGHT LH [PARKING 1 LIGHT LH] 2 R–G OFF W–B FOG LOW 9 IE 106 E 2 : 2JZ–GTE E18 : 2JZ–GE E 2 : 2JZ–GTE E18 : 2JZ–GE W–B W–B C13 FOG LIGHT SW [COMB. SW] 1 W–B 3 EB W–B 7 W–B 6 G–O IB2 O 15 EA F4 FRONT FOG LIGHT RH [PARKING LIGHT RH] SERVICE HINTS FOG LIGHT RELAY (2) 3–(2) 5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE C13 28 F3 26 (2JZ–GE) F3 24 (2JZ–GTE) F4 24 (2JZ–GTE) CODE F4 SEE PAGE 26 (2JZ–GE) : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE 2 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE IB2 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 32 (2JZ–GTE) EA FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER 34 (2JZ–GE) 32 (2JZ–GTE) EB FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER 34 (2JZ–GE) IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE E2 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 32 C13 BLACK 3 7 CODE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE X F3 6 1 E18 F4 GRAY 2 1 SEE PAGE 34 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE GRAY 2 9 107 LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 5 1 W–L R–Y 10A GAUGE 2 2 TAILLIGHT RELAY 3 7. 5A DOME R–Y 2 1B 13 IB2 2 11 1K 2 2 R 60A POWER R 2 R–Y G–W 2 1 1 2 W HEADLIGHT RELAY 3 5 1B 2 4 2 6 A 1 7 2 Q S R Q S R 120A ALT 50A MAIN 5 A 2 1 1 1 2A B I20 7 A A 16 1I R–B R G INTEGRATION RELAY 13 6 4 A 2 OFF BATTERY C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] TAIL IC2 R–B HEAD 15 1 5 1J 1K W–B 11 3 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH IE 108 W–B W–B 2 BI SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGE FUSE. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL (A) 5 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL, AND TO TERMINAL (A) 6 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL. 1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION (TURN TAILLIGHT ON) WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A) 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. DUE TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A) 5 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND, AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON. (TURN HEADLIGHT ON) WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGANL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A) 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. DUE TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A) 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 7 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT AND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHTS ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE. 2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION WITH LIGHT ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 5 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL (A) 4 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL (A) 6 TO TERMINAL (A) 7 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY. SERVICE HINTS HEADLIGHT RELAY 2 1– : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION (FOR USA) : CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (FOR CANADA) TAILLIGHT RELAY 3–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH 3–2 : CLOSED WITH LH DOOR OPEN I20(A) INTEGRATION RELAY 7–GROUND 6–GROUND 1–GROUND (A) 5–GROUND (A) 6–GROUND (A) 7–GROUND (A) 4–GROUND : : : : : : : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION CONTINUOUS WITH LH DOOR OPEN ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS CONTINUOUS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION CONTINUOUS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C13 28 CODE D10 SEE PAGE 30 CODE I20 SEE PAGE A 29 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1I 1J 1K 2A 109 LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IB2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 110 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT 111 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 15A HAZ– HORN 7. 5A TURN 2 7 1E W 2 G–R IB1 W 3 IF1 W 4 H10 HAZARD SW 8 F B2 TL B1 TR TB OFF TURN TL TR LH IF1 R–B G–B I3 R–B W–R 8 G–Y I3 IF1 5 G–Y 17 12 1 G–Y 6 G–B 5 G–Y W–R 9 G–B RH 7 R–B ON R–B HAZARD TB C13 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] 10 R–B I2 G–B G–Y 4 4 G–B 2 1 B L TURN SIGNAL FLASHER 19 1E 7 1A E 14 1E 11 1H 4 1A 7 1H G–Y 3 4 4 1C 3 1C W–B BI G–Y RH C10 B , C12 A TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 7 B A EA B5 BJ J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A W–B W–B W–B W–B 112 EB TURN 5 E 2 : 2JZ–GTE E18 : 2JZ–GE W–B IE LH W–B E 2 : 2JZ–GTE E18 : 2JZ–GE 6 B W–B 1 5 15 A 6 W–B 2 R10 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] G–Y 6 F8 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH W–B W–B 1 G–B 2 R9 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] F7 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH W–B G–B G–B IH SERVICE HINTS TURN SIGNAL FLASHER (4) 1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX.12 VOLTS TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT, OR WITH HAZARD WARNING SW ON (4) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD WARNING SW ON (4) 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE C10 C12 SEE PAGE B 28 A 28 C13 28 F7 24 (2JZ–GTE) CODE F7 F8 H10 SEE PAGE CODE 26 (2JZ–GE) SEE PAGE J1 29 24 (2JZ–GTE) R9 30 26 (2JZ–GE) R10 30 29 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) : GROUND POINTS CODE EA EB SEE PAGE 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE E2 32 E18 34 I2 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B5 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE COWL WIRE 113 STOP LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 15A STOP 10A GAUGE 10 1I W 2 1C 12 1E Y Y 2 S11 STOP LIGHT SW 1 1 G–W T6 REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT RH] 1 1H V 18 10 1C G–W 5 V G–W 8 4 1 BM1 G–W + – G–W L2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR HOLD CIRCUIT 7 Y G–W B5 IE1 2 11 G–W R–W 6 BO1 R–W B7 R–W 3 3 W–B R–W 1 H14 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT W–B 2 3 BO1 W–B W–B 5 W–B B5 R10 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] W–B R9 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 5 2 BM1 W–B B5 W–B BI 114 W–B W–B W–B B3 BJ SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR. STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 2 CHANGES, SO THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLDING AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF. SERVICE HINTS S11 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 2, 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON 4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE H14 30 R9 30 S11 29 L2 30 R10 30 T6 29 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 1I : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) BM1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM) B01 40 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE B3 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 40 B5 L2 X 2 X 7 8 2 1 SEE PAGE B7 FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE H14 CODE R9 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE R10 S11 BLUE 4 X X 11 X X X 1 3 3 5 5 2 T6 1 X X X 18 115 BACK–UP LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 10A GAUGE Y 12 1E II1 Y 23 B1 4 A (A/T) 2 B (M/T 2JZ–GTE) 2 C (M/T 2JZ–GE) B , C BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T) P2 A BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] (A/T) R–B 8 A (A/T) 1 B (M/T 2JZ–GTE) 1 C (M/T 2JZ–GE) II1 R–B 36 IE1 R–B 12 R–B BACK–UP LIGHT [REAR COMB. LIGHT] R–B B7 4 R9 LH R10 RH 5 W–B 5 4 BI 116 W–B W–B W–B B5 BJ SERVICE HINTS B 1 (B), (C) BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T) P 2 (A) BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] (A/T) (B), (C) 2–1, (A) 4–8 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE B1 SEE PAGE B 24 (2JZ–GTE) C 26 (2JZ–GE) CODE P2 SEE PAGE A CODE SEE PAGE 25 (2JZ–GTE) R9 30 27 (2JZ–GE) R10 30 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE 1E JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE B5 B1 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 40 B GRAY B1 1 1 2 CODE FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE C B7 GRAY 2 P2 A 4 8 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE R9 GRAY X SEE PAGE 40 X R10 X 4 4 5 5 117 INTERIOR LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 7. 5A RAD NO. 2 10A GAUGE 7. 5A DOME 2 R 2 R R R R R R R R 5 1B 11 7 ACC 1 1C 11 1E 8 1F 6 1D 9 1H 1 IG B FADE OUT CONTROL CIRCUIT I20 A INTEGRATION RELAY DOOR W–B W–B W–B 1 1K W–G W–B R–B 2 R–B LG 1 R–W LG 2 IC2 2 IG 4 1D B1 1 2 BI W–B I 4 : *1 I11 : EXCEPT * 1 2 1F G 4 W–B D7 DIODE (FOR INTERIOR LIGHT) D15 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW LH [DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH] L–W 6 1F W–G W–B W–B 118 1 1J W–B 1 IH 2 10 1D 5 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH R–W IL1 3 2 1D W–B 16 1 3 LP 10 D11 DOOR COURTESY SW RH R–W W–B 3 IF2 6 ID1 D16 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW RH [DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH] 1 9 1E R–W G–B IL1 G–B 8 1I R–W 9 L–W IF2 E 3 W–B 6 8 SW 4 D12 ROOM LIGHT SW [DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH] L–B L–W LOCK 3 A G–B PLCK 2 A IE * 1 : 2JZ–GE M/T EXCEPT CALIFORNIA R R R R R R 8 1 P 6 PERSONAL LIGHT T6 OPEN DDOR WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT RH] 7 6 L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT 2 2 R–B 3 W–B 14 LG R R 1 G 2 D12 DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT [DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH] W–G 1 W–G I18 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT R R W–G W–G G W–B R–B LG 8 LG IE1 B7 LG LG 1 L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 119 INTERIOR LIGHT SERVICE HINTS INTEGRATION RELAY (J/B NO.1) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH RH DOOR OPEN OR LH DOOR OPEN D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH, RH 1–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE D7 28 D15 30 L4 30 D10 30 D16 30 L5 30 D11 30 I18 29 P6 30 D12 30 29 T6 29 I20 A : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1D 20 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1F 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (LEFT KICK LEFT) 1H 1I 1J 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE IE IG IH BI SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 36 LEFT KICK PANEL 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR : SPLICE POINTS CODE I4 I11 120 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS B1 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE B7 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE 121 ILLUMINATION FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 2 1B 60A POWER 1 5 TAILLIGHT RELAY 2 10A PANEL 2 2 3 W–L 3 1I G–O 11 1K G–O I10 G–O G–O I10 I10 G–O I4 G–O G–O G–O G–O 6 G–O G–O S6 SEAT HEATER SW W–G G–W I9 C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] TAIL HEAD I10 W–G I10 W–G 3 W–G I10 A29 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION 1 1 1 2 W–G 2 OFF 5 2 W–G G 3 W–G 5 T8 TRAC OFF SW T 4 O5 A/T INDICATOR ILLUMINATION [O/D MAIN SW] I20 INTEGRATION RELAY E8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW W–G 5 TRLY I10 W–B 11 W–G 1 1J 18 1E W–B W–B 5 1K 16 IF1 W–G W–B IE 122 W–B W–G W–B B G4 GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW 5 2 G 2 1 H12 HEATER CONTROL SW 20 8 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A W–B G–O 4 12 10 13 B IH2 W–G (* 1) B B B 2 ILL– G–O IF3 I 3 : M/T I14 : A/T G–O C10 METER ILLUMINATION [COMB. METER] G–O IH1 G–O T6 ODO AND TRIP ILLUMINATION [TELLTALE LIGHT RH] G–O G–O (* 1) G–O G–O I14 W–G 9 C7 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION 2 W–G B (* 1) 10 W–G 5 B W–G I12 W–G 10 A R6 RADIO AND PLAYER (* 1) G–O G–O (* 1) 3 (* 2) G–O I14 (* 2) B G–O RADIO AND PLAYER (* 2) 2 A ,R5 1 R4 G–O I19 W–G 2 H10 HAZARD SW G–O G–O W–G 1 W–G W 10 W–B G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT * 1 : W/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER * 2 : W/O STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER I8 G–O G–O I12 G–O G–O B B G–O 1 T R8 RHEOSTAT 3 E IH 123 ILLUMINATION SERVICE HINTS TAILLIGHT RELAY 5–3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] 2–11 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A29 28 H10 29 R6 29 C7 28 H12 29 R8 29 C10 28 I20 29 S6 29 C13 28 J1 29 T6 29 E8 29 O5 29 T8 29 G3 29 R4 A 29 G4 29 R5 B 29 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1I 1J 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IF1 IF3 IH1 IH2 SEE PAGE 36 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH) 38 : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE I3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I10 I4 38 COWL WIRE I12 I8 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I14 I9 38 COWL WIRE I19 124 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 COWL WIRE 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 125 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 20A WIPER 1 1A L 5 1H L WASHER 16 W–B 4 L–W 7 L–R 13 GR–G 18 L 7 IB2 L–O 1 M 2 E 9 : 2JZ–GTE E21 : 2JZ–GE L W1 WASHER MOTOR L–R GR–G 2 2 3 6 5 12 1K M 1 1J 126 1 W–B W–B F9 FRONT WIPER MOTOR IE IB2 L–W IB2 L 8 L–R IB2 GR–G W–B 9 L–W L–O L 8 L HIGH LOW INT MIST OFF C14 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] EB SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 6 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE. 1. LOW SPEED POSITION WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT LOW SPEED. 2. HIGH SPEED POSITION WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT HIGH SPEED. 3. INT POSITION WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY FUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THIS FLOWS OF CURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND FUNCTIONS. THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN RELAY AND INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHARGE THE CHARGING TIME OF THE CONDENSER. 4. MIST POSITION WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO MIST POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT LOW SPEED. 5. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION WITH WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WAHSER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN, AND WINDOW WASHER IS JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT IN TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND FUNCTION. SYSTEM OUTLINE C14 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW (COMB. SW) 16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS 18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION 13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION F 9 FRONT WIPER MOTOR 5–6 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE C14 28 F9 26 (2JZ–GE) F9 24 (2JZ–GTE) W1 25 (2JZ–GTE) CODE W1 SEE PAGE 27 (2JZ–GE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1A SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 1J 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IB2 SEE PAGE 36 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 127 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 32 (2JZ–GTE) EB FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER 34 (2JZ–GE) IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE E9 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE C14 BLACK X 4 X X 128 CODE SEE PAGE E21 F9 34 BLACK W 1 BLACK X 7 8 X 13 X 16 18 X X 1 2 3 X 5 6 1 2 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE HORN FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 15A HAZ–HORN C13 BLACK H8 BLACK H9 1 2 BLACK 1 X 2 W 10 2 2 HORN RELAY 1 3 2 L–R 2 IB2 E 2 : 2JZ–GTE E18 : 2JZ–GE L–R L–B L–B I2 L–R TO THEFT DETERRENT ECU L–B L–R 16 10 1 1 H8 HORN LH C13 HORN SW [COMB. SW] H9 HORN RH SERVICE HINTS HORN RELAY (2) 2–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE C13 28 H8 27 (2JZ–GE) H8 24 (2JZ–GTE) H9 24 (2JZ–GTE) CODE H9 SEE PAGE 27 (2JZ–GE) : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IB2 SEE PAGE 36 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE E2 32 E18 34 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE CODE I2 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE 129 THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 3 EA1 B B (M/T) 2 1B 2 7. 5A ST IJ1 1 3 11 1K B–W B (A/T) STARTER RELAY 2 C9 CLUTCH START SW 2 B 1 B 6 8 IB2 IB2 (* 1) IB3 (* 2) 5 P2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) P N B IF2 L–O R–Y 15 I4 (M/T) 1 2 4 1K 2 2 R–Y 13 (M/T) 1 5 2 G–W 50A MAIN 3 B 2 2 1 4 (A/T) 3 60A POWER 2 2 L–O 2 1 TAILLIGHT RELAY 5 HEADLIGHT RELAY W–L 2 G–W W 6 16 IF2 10 2 IF2 13 L–O R–Y 2 IJ2 B–W (A/T) 120A ALT 23 B 10 B TAIL 25 B HEAD SRLY T7 A , T13 B THEFT DETERRENT ECU G–Y L–W G–Y 18 1E L–Y 1 8 IF2 ID1 4 3 LOCK G–B 16 IF2 L–W ID1 L–Y 2 6 9 2 PLCK M 3 2 I20 INTEGRATION RELAY L–R 1 3 L–W ID1 W–B 3 W–B 1 1J L–W D15 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW LH L–W BATTERY 12 1K 13 ID1 9 W–B W–B 1 G–B I3 G–Y 2 U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW G–Y G–Y L–Y LOCK B Y 10 LSWD 15 B G IF2 UNLOCK 11 L2 22 B I21 D12 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH 1 2A UL3 6 B W W–L IND 12 B Y KSW 20 B T5 THEFT DETERRENT INDICATOR LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT LH] 1 5 ID1 10 1D W–B L–R IE 130 W–B B1 W–B B1 W–B * 1 : 2JZ–GE * 2 : 2JZ–GTE FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 2 15A HAZ–HORN HORN RELAY 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 W W 7 EA1 IB2 W (* 1) 1 T1 THEFT DETERRENT HORN L–R W–L TO HORN SW [COMB. SW] L–R I2 IB6 W–L 22 II1 (* 2) (* 2) W–L IF2 L–R 14 19 6 IF2 (* 1) 2 L–R W–L 16 (* 2) L–B L–R W (* 2) W–L (*1) 24 B 11 B HORN SH T7 A , T13 B THEFT DETERRENT ECU L–Y G–B G–B E 4 A I21 I21 R–W L–Y W G–B G–R G–R R–W I19 G–Y I21 12 L–Y IL1 2 M 4 L–R 3 11 IL1 L–R W–B 3 IL1 1 UNLOCK 1 8 D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW RH G–B IL1 W 2 2 LOCK 4 IL1 W–B 3 UNLOCK 2 7 D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH G–Y LOCK IL1 R–W 10 G–R IL1 W–B W–B 8 9 1 UNLOCK 2 ID1 D14 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH 1 G–R 7 ID1 P8 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW] R–W LOCK ACT+ 3 A W–B L–Y ACT– 2 A L–R LSWP 21 B L–Y UL12 16 B G–B G–R G–Y UL1 8 B R–W L1 5 B L–R W–B W–B B2 W–B L–R I21 B2 W–B 16 IL1 I21 W–B W–B L–R IH 131 THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 10A ECU–IG 15A CIG 7. 5A DOME 30A DOOR 2 17 1E 2 1E 2 L–R B–R L–W R 15 IH 5 1B 11 1E ACC L–W 8 A IG IF1 R 7 A 13 1 B 9 A +B1 +B2 T7 THEFT DETERRENT ECU DSWH PRLY 6 A Y 12 1 2 2 2 W–B W–B W–B EA BJ IE1 7 1I 1 L3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW W–B E6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW 2 IG 8 L 1 D11 DOOR COURTESY SW RH IE1 POWER MAIN RELAY 4 LG IB6 L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT 1 1J LIGHT SW IE 9 1D 2 1J L 3 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH IF3 Y V–R 4 V–R IF3 R–L 3 BI DSWL 4 B LG IF3 L 9 R–L 4 R–B 15 IC2 132 9 B V–R R–B IF2 R–B 3 LUG 14 B L DSWP 19 B W–B DSWD 7 B SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL (B)1 THROUGH THE DOME FUSE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 FLOWS THROUGH THE COIL SIDE OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY TO GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY TO OPERATE. THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE FLOWS TO THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCHES, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. 1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION WHEN THE DOOR CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)5, (B)22 (FOR KEY SW) OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)3 → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK. 2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION WHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)8, (B)6 (FOR KEY SW LH) OR (B)16 (FOR KEY SW RH) OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU AND CAUSES TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)2 → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO UNLOCK. WHEN UNLOCK OPERATION OCCURS USING THE LH DOOR KEY SW, DOING THE UNLOCK OPERATION ONCE UNLOCKS ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR. TO UNLOCK ALL THE OTHER DOORS TOGETHER, UNLOCK OPERATION MUST BE DONE AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS OF THE FIRST OPERATION. 3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION ∗ OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK BUTTON (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS) WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON) AND THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK BUTTON (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE OPERATION OF THE ECU. AS A RESULT OF ECU ACTIVATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)2 → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND DOOR LOCK KEY SW. ∗ KEY LESS LOCK OPERATION WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE DOOR IS OPEN AND UNLOCK OPERATION IS PREVENTED BY KEEPING THE DOOR LOCK BUTTON PRESSED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE DOOR IS KEPT IN THE LOCK CONDITION. IF THE DOOR IS THEN CLOSED, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW. THIS ACTIVATES THE ECU AND EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED. 133 THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SERVICE HINTS D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH, RH 3–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN D12, D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH 1–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY 2–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY D15, D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW LH, RH 1–3 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION E 6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW 1–2 : CLOSED WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER L 3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 1–GROUND: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN T 7(A), T13(B) THEFT DETERRENT ECU (B) 9–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION (B)14–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN (B) 4–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN (B) 8–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW TO UNLOCK POSITION (B) 5–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW TO LOCK POSITION (B)25–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T) ; APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED (M/T) (A) 7–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (B)20–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (B)15–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH LH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION (B)21–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH RH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION (B) 6–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH TO UNLOCK POSITION (B)16–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH TO UNLOCK POSITION (B)22–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION (A) 4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS (B) 1–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE 28 D10 30 D11 30 I20 29 D12 30 L3 30 T7 A 29 D13 30 L5 30 T13 B 29 D14 30 D15 30 D16 30 E6 P2 P8 24 (2JZ–GTE) SEE PAGE C9 27 (2JZ–GE) 30 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1D 20 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO.1(LEFT 1(LEFT KICK PANEL) 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1H 1I 1J 1K 2A 134 T1 26 (2JZ–GE) 25 (2JZ–GTE) 25 (2JZ–GTE) 27 (2JZ–GE) T5 U1 29 29 : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1 IB2 SEE PAGE 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. NO 2) 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IB6 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IB3 IF1 IF2 IJ1 IJ2 IL1 : GROUND POINTS CODE EA IE SEE PAGE 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER 36 LEFT KICK PANEL 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER IG IH : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I2 38 COWL WIRE I21 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B1 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE I4 38 COWL WIRE B2 40 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE I19 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 135 POWER WINDOW FROM POWER SOUCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 7. 5A DOME 30A DOOR 10A ECU–IG L 2 2 L 17 1E 15 1H B–R 5 1B T7 1 B 7 A L–W 12 IF3 Y L–W Y R 11 1E 13 IF1 P8 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW R 4 6 A 9 A A , T13 7 B THEFT DETERRENT ECU 1I 1 5 POWER MAIN RELAY 1 1J 2 3 10 1D 9 1D 2 1J L KEY OFF POWER CIRCUIT L 8 19 B W–B 4 A R–L R–B 7 B IF2 R–B 3 4 IF3 W–B 2 BI 136 W–B W–B 3 2 W–B 3 D11 DOOR COURTESY SW RH D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH R–B R–L 15 IC2 IG IH IE L P8 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW PASSENGER’ S AUTO UP DOWN DRIVER’ S UP UP LOCK NORMAL 5 7 15 5 L 3 IL1 DOWN 4 G–Y 3 R 1 IF3 L 2 1 2 5 IL1 G–W 17 UP P7 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW RH IL1 R–L R–W 4 ID1 G–W ID1 R–L 14 L G–W 10 R–L 9 G–Y Q R DOWN S + – DOWN – + 2 1 M M P9 POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH P10 POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH 137 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM DOOR FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW RH. 1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW) WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (DRIVER’S) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERNINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 10 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW. 2. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN OPERATION WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY ON THE DOWN SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO THE DOWN CONTACT POINT AND AUTO DOWN CONTACT POINT OF THE DRIVER’S SW. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, AND THE HOLD CIRCUIT ALSO TURNS ON AT THE SAME TIME, SO THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) REMAINS ACTIVATED EVEN WHEN THE SW IS RELEASED. CURRENT FLOWS AT THIS TIME FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 2 OF POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 10 OF POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, SO THE MOTOR CONTINUES TO OPERATE UNTIL THE DRIVER’S WINDOW IS FULLY DOWN. WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW FINISHES DOWN OPERATION THE HOLD CIRCUIT GOES OFF, SO THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) ALSO TURNS OFF. THIS STOPS THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 9, SO THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR STOPS AND AUTO DOWN OPERATION STOPS. WHEN THE DRIVER’S SW IS PULLED ON THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, THE HOLD CIRCUIT IS TURNED OFF SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 9 IS CUT OFF AND THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR STOPS. IF THE SW REMAINS PULLED UP, THE RELAY (UP SIDE) IS ACTIVATED, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 10 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION AND MANUAL UP OPERATION OCCURS WHILE THE SW IS PULLED UP. 3. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW) WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) IS PULLED TO THE DOWN SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN. AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE, REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE CIRCUIT. 4. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM DOOR FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (B)1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM DOOR FUSE → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW RH. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPEN DETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)19, (B)7 OF THEFT DETERRENT ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNED OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS. 138 SERVICE HINTS P 8 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 8–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT UP POSITION 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION WINDOW LOCK SW OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE D10 30 D11 P7 CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE P8 30 T7 A 29 30 P9 30 T13 B 29 30 P10 30 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1D 20 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 1I 1J : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF1 IF2 : GROUND POINTS CODE IE IG IH BI SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 36 LEFT KICK PANEL 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL 40 LEFT QUATER PILLER 139 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 ACC W 7 AM1 IG1 ST1 8 B–W IG2 3 B–O 30A EFI NO. 1 B–R 2 6 1J E7 B 13 2 2 2 E9 6 P B–R 2 EA2 N 5 B 50A AM1 (FOR USA) 60A AM1 (FOR CANADA) 5 B–R 2 3 EFI MAIN RELAY B–W P2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) 2 GR 2 IJ2 E16 W–R 2 B–Y 8 EA1 B–R II1 B–O 13 1 B–W 4 1B 2 4 1K B–O 8 1E 4 EA1 B–Y GR IB1 4 1J W GR B–W 4 7. 5A ST W–B W 7. 5A IGN B–Y B–R 3 1J W–R I19 IGNITION SW 2 B–Y 2 AM2 B–W 1 B 2 W B–O 2 2 2 120A ALT 1 30A AM2 1 B 1 2A B–R W–B BATTERY EB 140 5 EA2 B–R * 1 : ENGINE AND ELACTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU B–R B–R E17 Y NO. 5 R NO. 3 SLU+ NO. 2 SLN+ NO. 1 3 NO. 4 B–Y E2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID 2 W B BR G O SLU– SLT– SLT+ 8 7 5 1 9 B 14 B S1 E9 S2 B , E10 12 B SLU– 31 B SLT– 1 R W–G 10 B LG–B 13 B SLN– LG–R L S2 4 R–L 31 A BATT +B M–REL S1 6 W–R 24 A SLN– Y–G B–R 33 A GR B–Y GR 2 G B–R B–R V11 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION) B–R E17 23 B SLT+ 3 B SP2+ SP2– A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1) IDL1 64 B R VTA1 43 B Y VCC 41 B L–R 65 B BR–B E2 62 B B–Y PM1 28 B BR E21 45 B P–L THA 66 B Y–R VG 1 A B–O IGSW 77 B B STA 76 B B–W NSW B–W B B–O L–R BR–B L–R E16 BR–B BR–B B–R E10 B–R 1 THA B–Y L–R BR–B L–R Y BR–B R 3 VG BR–B P–L 2 5 4 2 3 1 1 2 4 3 E2 E2 PIM VC E2 T14 TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR B M1 MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) E16 BR Y–R B–R E16 T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 141 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) B–R D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) S11 STOP LIGHT SW 7 I17 Y–L 5 IJ1 LG 13 IJ1 TT ECT 5 9 V–G ENG GR–R TE2 2 LG 2 TE1 1 P–G 13 LG VF1 8 Y–L TE1 12 W 1 2 E16 IJ1 1 B 4 A NCO– 20 A STP 29 B TE1 E9 B , E10 VF1 6 IJ1 19 A 17 A LG Y–L 21 B NCO+ IJ1 GR–R 17 G–W 11 P–G Y G–W 1 L O1 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR 1I B–R +B 10 D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) Y–L 15A STOP V–G TT TE2 A L–R Y–L BR–B GR–R 4 3 1 2 E16 BR–B 27 B G–Y Y C3 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR G–Y 1 E16 1 2 4 3 W–B 13 1H S5 SUB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR W–B 1 1J IE 142 IJ2 2 K4 KICK DOWN SW 1 7 B BR 12 2 B–R IJ2 NE– (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) BR–Y E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR BR–B 1 NE 18 A MANUAL BR–B E16 3 2 M 3 A W–B BR–B KD 46 B O 1 THG 24 B A5 A/T FLUID TEMP. SENSOR BR–B E3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) BR–B L–Y 2 L–R OIL 44 B NORMAL THW 63 B GR–R IDL2 42 B Y–L VTA2 Y ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1) E8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW * 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU 10A GAUGE Y 12 1E Y BR–B Y I14 R–B LG–R 11 IJ2 R–B LG–R G–B BR–B G–B 7 A 9 A 10 A R 2 G–R Y V–G A II1 V–G 5 A IJ2 5 SP1 2 A II1 P 11 V–G 25 A 38 6 G–R 2 D II1 P MI 28 A W–L BR OD2 W–L 79 B V–G EO2 80 B BR (SHIELDED) E1 L–R A W–L V–G BR V–G BR BR I17 BR J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR EO1 69 B BR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1) ODO AND TRIP C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU B , E10 L–R E9 7 1 L P OD1 T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH 12 A ED 143 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE) Y P2 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] Y Y Y E14 4 II1 R N D 2 L 7 8 10 9 2 3 G–R LG–R G–B Y I8 Y I14 P L Y R–B Y Y GR Y 23 R–B R–B LG–R LG–R G–B G–B G–R G–R I17 E16 E16 10 A 6 A 7 A 8 A 11 A MANU O/D OFF G–B II1 4 A P R N 2 A 11 C BR 12 A V–G 10 B W–L 11 B L–R I14 D 2 13 A C10 L B , C11 V–G V–G I21 IF3 V–G 1 W–B I11 V–G V–G A J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 O5 O/D MAIN SW A IE IF W–B BR W–B 4 IH A ,C 1 2 COMBINATION METER W–L 144 27 II1 L–R V–G II1 LG–R 17 G–R II1 L 18 R–B II1 GR 1 Y II1 1 A R 2 L–R R R II1 36 9 B SPEED 3 L–R 2 II1 Y 7 W–B V10 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 (FOR COMBINATION METER) 1 8 V–G G–B LG–R G–R L GR R–B Y I17 C SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE, THROTTLE PRESSURE, LOCK–UP PRESSURE AND ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE ETC. THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION IS A SYSTEM WHICH PRECISELY CONTROLS GEAR SHIFT TIMING AND LOCK–UP TIMING IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE’S DRIVING CONDITIONS AND THE ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS DETECTED BY VARIOUS SENSORS, MAKING SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS THE MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME, AND CONTROLS THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING TO ACHIEVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING. 1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION WHEN DRIVING, THE ENGINE WARM UP CONDITION IS INPUT AS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL (B)44 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) AND THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.2 IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B) 23 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). AT THE SAME TIME, THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING SIGNAL FROM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (MAIN) IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)43 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS THROTTLE ANGLE SIGNAL. BASED ON THESE SIGNALS, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SELECTS THE BEST SHIFT POSITION FOR DRIVING CONDITIONS AND SENDS CURRENT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 4 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT (NO. 2 SOLENOID DOES NOT HAVE CONTINUITY AT THIS TIME). FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS SIMULTANEOUSLY FROM TERMINAL (B)9 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 8 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 4 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2 SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2 SOLENOID, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO THE 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) OCCURS WHEN NO CURRENT FLOWS TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2 SOLENOIDS. THE NO. 4 SOLENOID (FOR ACCUMULATOR BACK PRESSURE MODULATION) IS INSTALLED TO ADJUST THE BACK PRESSURE ON THE ACCUMULATOR AND CONTROLS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE DURING SHIFTING AND LOCK–UP IN ORDER TO PROVIDE SMOOTH SHIFTING WITH LITTLE SHIFT SHOCK. 2. LOCK–UP OPERATION WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) DECIDES, BASED ON EACH SIGNAL, THAT THE LOCK–UP CONDITION HAS BEEN MET, THE CURRENT THROUGH EFI NO. 1 FUSE FLOWS FROM THE EFI MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL (B)14 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND, SO CONTINUITY TO NO. 3 (FOR LOCK–UP) CAUSES LOCK–UP. 3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CUTS THE CURRENT TO THE SOLENOID TO RELEASE LOCK–UP. 4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT * O/D MAIN SW ON WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION CAUSES SHIFT TO OVERDRIVE WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET. * O/D MAIN SW OFF WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS TO GROUND BY WAY OF THE O/D MAIN SW AND CAUSES THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE. 5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT WHEN THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS SWICHED FROM NORMAL TO MANUAL, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)18 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). INPUT OF THIS SIGNAL CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)1 OF COMBINATION METER → TERMINAL (A)12 → TERMINAL (A)25 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE INDICATOR LIGHT. IF THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IS THEN SHIFTED TO “2” POSITION, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) ENABLES THE VEHICLE TO START OFF WITH THE TRANSMISSION IS 2ND GEAR, THUS PERMITTING EASING STARTING OFF AND DRIVING ON SLIPPERY ROADS. 6. CRUISE CONTROL WHEN CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION IS SELECTED A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)12 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM CRUISE CONTROL. ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CONTROLS OVERDRIVE, LOCK–UP AND SO ON FOR SMOOTH DRIVING. 145 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE) SERVICE HINTS E 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID 8– GROUND 4– GROUND 6–2 7–3 1–5 : : : : : APPROX. 13.2
APPROX. 13.2
APPROX. 8.3
APPROX. 3.8
APPROX. 3.8
E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) 1– 2: 10–20 K
(–20°C, –4°F) 4– 7 K
( 0°C, 32°F) 2– 3 K
(20°C, 68°F) 0.9–1.3 K
(40°C, 104°F) 0.4–0.7 K
(60°C, 140°F) 0.2–0.4 K
(80°C, 176°F) E 9(B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) BATT–E1 IGSW–E1 +B–E1 IDL1–E1 VTA1–E1 STA–E1 M–REL–E1 VCC–E1 L–E1 2–E1 R–E1 : : : : ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTS 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN : 0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN : 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “L” POSITION : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “2” POSITION : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “R” POSITION O 1 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR 1–2 : APPROX. 620
V11 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION) 1–2 : APPROX. 620
E 8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW 4–3 : CLOSED WITH ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT MANUAL POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE A5 CODE 24 (2JZ–GTE) C3 SEE PAGE E3 24 E8 CODE SEE PAGE 24 (2JZ–GTE) O5 29 29 P2 25 (2JZ–GTE) C10 B 28 E9 B 29 S5 25 C11 A 28 E10 A 29 S11 29 C12 C 28 I19 29 T2 25 (2JZ–GTE) C16 28 J1 29 T6 29 D1 24 (2JZ–GTE) J2 29 T14 25 D5 28 K4 29 V10 25 (2JZ–GTE) E1 24 (2JZ–GTE) M1 25 V11 25 (2JZ–GTE) E2 24 (2JZ–GTE) O1 25 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO.2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1H 1I 1J 1K 2A 146 : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) EA1 32 (2JZ–GTE) EA2 32 IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IJ1 IJ2 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. NO 2)) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EB 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER ED 32 (2JZ–GTE) REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD 36 LEFT KICK PANEL 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL IE IF IH : SPLICE POINTS CODE E7 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I8 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I11 38 COWL WIRE E10 I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE E14 I17 38 ENGINE WIRE I21 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE E9 E16 32 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE ENGINE WIRE E17 147 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE) 148 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) B–R 1 ACC 7 AM1 W IG1 ST1 8 B–W IG2 3 B–O 30A EFI NO. 1 2 2 B–Y 2 AM2 I19 IGNITION SW 3 1J E20 6 1J B–Y GR 7. 5A IGN 7. 5A ST 1 B EFI MAIN RELAY 5 IJ2 2 2 2 2 6 P N 5 B 50A AM1 3 EA3 B–W B–R B–W P2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) W W–R I17 2 B–R 13 B–O 4 1B II1 W–B 13 B–W IB1 2 3 2 4 GR 4 1K B–O 4 1J 8 EA1 B–R W W–R 2 8 1E B–Y B–Y GR 4 EA1 B–W B 1 B–O W 2 2 2 2 120A ALT 1 30A AM2 1 B 1 2A W–B BATTERY EB 150 * 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU B–R B–R B–R +B V11 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION) 10 B S1 9 B S2 8 B S3 E9 1 G NO. 3 Y NO. 2 B NO. 1 3 2 R 31 A BATT 2 B–R 33 A 1 R–L B–Y 24 A M–REL B–R GR GR W B–Y W–R E2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID B–R E25 23 B 3 B SP2+ B , E10 SP2– A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1) B–O LG–B L–R P–L B–W B 65 B IDL1 VTA1 43 B 64 B 2 1 BR B–O E2 35 A BR–B 45 B P3 POWER STEERING PRESSURE SW 41 B R PS THA 66 B Y VCC KS 1 A BR–W IGSW 77 B B STA 76 B B–W NSW L–R E27 BR–B BR–B BR–B LG–B L–R P–L BR–B L–R Y BR–B R E27 3 4 2 1 4 3 1 2 BR V12 VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) E27 5 BR T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR BR E27 151 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) B–R D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) S11 STOP LIGHT SW Y–L I17 1 LG 2 TT ECT 5 9 V–G TE2 7 GR–R ENG 5 IJ1 13 IJ1 G–W I17 TE1 1 P–G 13 LG VF1 8 LG 2 TE1 12 Y–L W 1I B–R +B 10 D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) Y–L 15A STOP IJ1 6 P–G 4 A STP E9 B , E10 20 A 29 B TE1 VF1 IJ1 GR–R 17 LG Y–L IJ1 G–W 11 V–G 17 A 19 A TE2 TT A G1 G2 G– 27 B 26 B 25 B 7 B 2 G Y 2 W IJ2 R 12 1 B IJ2 (SHIELDED) 1 2 3 4 NE G1 G2 G– G–Y 1 NE 18 A (SHIELDED) 3 2 M 3 A G–Y KD K4 KICK DOWN SW 1 BR–Y 2 E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR BR–B 46 B O THG 24 B A5 A/T FLUID TEMP. SENSOR BR–B OIL 44 B E3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) BR–B L–Y THW Y ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1) D4 DISTRIBUTOR 1 MANUAL E28 W–B E28 BR–B NORMAL 4 BR–B E8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW 3 BR W–B 13 1H BR W–B 1 1J IE 152 * 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 10A GAUGE Y 12 1E FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU Y 11 Y BR–B I14 LG–R IJ2 BR–B LG–R G–B G–B 12 A 9 A 10 A 2 L G–R Y V–G OD1 1 69 B 80 B 79 B BR OD2 28 A MI 25 A 2 A A II1 P W–L 38 11 II1 2 D P V–G II1 W–L V–G (SHIELDED) J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 5 5 SP1 P EO2 BR 6 EO1 BR E1 IJ2 G–R A C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU B , E10 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1) L–R E9 T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH 7 ODO AND TRIP L–R A W–L BR V–G V–G I17 BR BR BR E27 BR BR ED 153 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE) P2 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] Y Y Y E28 4 II1 R N D 2 L 7 8 10 9 2 3 G–R LG–R G–B I8 Y I14 P L Y R–B Y Y Y GR Y 23 LG–R LG–R G–B G–B G–R G–R E28 I17 10 A 6 A 7 A 8 A 11 A MANU O/D OFF G–B II1 4 A P R N 11 C 2 A D 2 L 13 A C10 B , C11 A , C12 COMBINATION METER BR 12 A V–G 10 B W–L 11 B L–R I14 W–L V–G V–G I21 IF3 V–G 1 W–B I11 V–G V–G A J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 O5 O/D MAIN SW A IE IF W–B BR W–B 4 154 27 II1 L–R V–G II1 LG–R 17 G–R II1 L 18 R–B II1 GR 1 Y II1 1 A R 2 L–R R R II1 36 9 B SPEED 3 L–R 2 II1 Y 7 W–B V10 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 (FOR COMBINATION METER) 1 8 V–G G–B LG–R G–R L GR R–B Y I17 IH C SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE, THROTTLE PRESSURE, LOCK–UP PRESSURE AND ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE ETC. THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION IS A SYSTEM WHICH PRECISELY CONTROLS GEAR SHIFT TIMING AND LOCK–UP TIMING IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE’S DRIVING CONDITIONS AND THE ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS DETECTED BY VARIOUS SENSORS, MAKING SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS THE MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME, AND CONTROLS THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING TO ACHIEVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING. 1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION WHEN DRIVING, THE ENGINE WARM UP CONDITION IS INPUT AS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL (B)44 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) AND THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.2 IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)23 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). AT THE SAME TIME, THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING SIGNAL FROM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)43 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS THROTTLE ANGLE SIGNAL. BASED ON THESE SIGNALS, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SELECTS THE BEST SHIFT POSITION FOR DRIVING CONDITIONS AND SENDS CURRENT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT (NO. 2 SOLENOID DOES NOT HAVE CONTINUITY AT THIS TIME). FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS SIMULTANEOUSLY FROM TERMINAL (B)9 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 2 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2 SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2 SOLENOID, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO THE 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) OCCURS WHEN NO CURRENT FLOWS TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2 SOLENOIDS. 2. LOCK–UP OPERATION WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)8 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION. 3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CUTS THE CURRENT TO THE SOLENOID TO RELEASE LOCK–UP. 4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT * O/D MAIN SW ON WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION CAUSES SHIFT TO OVERDRIVE WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET. * O/D MAIN SW OFF WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS TO GROUND BY WAY OF THE O/D MAIN SW AND CAUSES THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE. 5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT WHEN THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS SWICHED FROM NORMAL TO MANUAL, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)18 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). INPUT OF THIS SIGNAL CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)1 OF COMBINATION METER → TERMINAL (A)12 → TERMINAL (A)25 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE INDICATOR LIGHT. IF THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IS THEN SHIFTED TO “2” POSITION, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) ENABLES THE VEHICLE TO START OFF WITH THE TRANSMISSION IN 2ND GEAR, THUS PERMITTING EASING STARTING OFF AND DRIVING ON SLIPPERY ROADS. 6. CRUISE CONTROL WHEN CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION IS SELECTED A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)12 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CONTROLS OVERDRIVE, LOCK–UP AND SO ON FOR SMOOTH DRIVING. 155 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE) SERVICE HINTS E 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID 1, 2, 3– GROUND : EACH 11–15
E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) 1– 2 : 10–20 K
(–20°C, –4°F) 4– 7 K
( 0°C, 32°F) 2– 3 K
(20°C, 68°F) 0.9–1.3 K
(40°C, 104°F) 0.4–0.7 K
(60°C, 140°F) 0.2–0.4 K
(80°C, 176°F) E 9(B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) BATT–E1 : ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTS IGSW–E1: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON +B–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON IDL1–E1: 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN VTA1–E1:0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN STA–E1: 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING M–REL–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON VCC–E1: 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON L–E1 : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “L” POSITION 2–E1 : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “2” POSITION V11 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION) 1–2 : APPROX. 620
E 8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW 4–3 : CLOSED WITH ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT MANUAL POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE A5 CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE 26 (2JZ–GE) E2 26 (2JZ–GE) O5 29 C10 B 28 E3 26 (2JZ–GE) P2 27 (2JZ–GE) C11 A 28 E8 29 P3 27 (2JZ–GE) C12 C 28 E9 B 29 S11 29 C16 28 E10 A 29 T2 27 (2JZ–GE) D1 26 (2JZ–GE) I19 29 T6 29 D4 26 J1 29 V10 27 (2JZ–GE) D5 28 J2 29 V11 27 (2JZ–GE) E1 26 (2JZ–GE) K4 29 V12 27 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 22 BATTERY AND J/B NO.2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1H 1I 1J 1K 2A : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) EA1 34 (2JZ–GE) EA3 34 IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IJ1 IJ2 156 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO NO. 2) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EB 34 (2JZ–GE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER ED 34 (2JZ–GE) REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD 36 LEFT KICK PANEL 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL IE IF IH : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS E20 I11 38 COWL WIRE E25 I14 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I17 38 ENGINE WIRE I21 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE E27 34 ENGINE WIRE E28 I8 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 157 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE) 158 ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM) 159 ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 60A ABS NO. 1 R R E18 6 EA1 B–R B–R 2 2 B 5 B 6 B L–W W–B L GND TS TC 16 L–W 11 IJ1 21 II1 W–B 11 16 23 A IF1 IB6 1 IB6 P–B L–B V–Y IB6 V 2 IJ1 L Y 13 WA 22 P–B 15 (SHORT PIN) BS 1 B WB L SR 3 A P–B R– 4 A L–B MR 2 A 23 W V–Y BM 4 B +BS V +BM ABS RELAY A8 A ,A9 B 1 A D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) Y R R 2 24 A 11 A MR R– 15 B SR TS A18 B , A19 A ABS ECU 4 A 3 A 5 B BS BM MT 1 B SFR IB5 4 B 3 B SFL SRR 10 IB5 6 B SRL GND 2 A 15 A W–B 9 GND Y–G P–B P IB5 18 A W–B SRL AST 14 A 5 IB6 Y–G 8 P IB5 SRR 26 A B–Y 7 Y IB6 L–W L L–W 6 SFL 13 A Y L–W 1 A P–B SFR 6 A B–Y MT 2 B AST I18 E 1 A A6 A , A7 B W–B W–B M ABS ACTUATOR W–B EA 160 IG FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 13 1K W 4 Y BR–W 1 B 2 1 1 2 IC2 8 IC2 LG 3 V P L I22 IC2 (SHIELDED) 9 BR–W IB5 (SHIELDED) 5 B W IB5 BR–W (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) RL– TO BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW 9 B BR–W RL+ 7 B 1 P5 PARKING BRAKE SW IB5 4 A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH (SHIELDED) 3 IB5 (SHIELDED) BR–B 6 I22 RSS W–B 16 B LG RR– BR–W B 8 B I22 A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH (SHIELDED) IB5 L 2 14 B PKB I2 RR+ 22 A 6 B STP A FL– 9 A W FL+ 10 A 12 B GS1 BR–W 3 B GS2 IF1 I4 G–W 10 B IG1 GST FSS BR–B L FR– R IB5 1 B B–O W–L 12 A V 25 A BAT A31 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH 4 B D/G I22 R 1 15 B–R W–R V–G 5 A 3 A A11 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH 6 BR–W TC 16 A 1 GND 9 A BR–W 3 2 12 IF2 A18 B , A19 ABS ECU FR+ C10 A , C12 B BRAKE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] Y 2 2 L 1 P–B L 13 B 2 I14 I2 WA 1 12 1E T5 ABS WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT LH] GST L P–B IG1 A23 ABS LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR GS2 GS1 S11 STOP LIGHT SW ABS 14 I20 1I 4 P–B L B–R R–L TC 4 10A GAUGE 10 I5 D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) 15A STOP Y 8 1H B–R 10A ECU–IG W–R 10A ECU–B FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 2 1 IG 161 ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM) SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL, RIGHT REAR WHEEL AND LEFT REAR WHEEL WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU. (2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED. (3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP. (4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL LATERAL ACCELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO THE ABS ECU. 2. SYSTEM OPERATION DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING. SERVICE HINTS A 6(A), A 7(B) ABS ACTUATOR (A) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS (B) 1, (B) 3, (B) 4, (B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 1.20
(IGNITION SW OFF) (B) 2–(A) 4: 4–6
(IGNITION SW OFF) A10, A11, A31, A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH 1–2: 0.8–1.3 K
(20°C, 68°F) A18 (B), A19(A) ABS ECU (A)12–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON (A) 2, (A)15–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS (A)25–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS (A)1, (A)13, (A)14,(A)26,–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON (B)14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVEL PULLED UP (B) 6–GROUND :10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED) P 5 PARKING BRAKE SW 1–GROUND: CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP S11 STOP LIGHT SW 1–2: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED 162 : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE A6 A 26 (2JZ–GE) A18 A7 B 26 (2JZ–GE) A19 A8 A 26 A23 A9 B 26 A10 26 (2JZ–GE) A11 26 (2JZ–GE) SEE PAGE CODE 28 A 28 D1 26 (2JZ–GE) 28 D5 28 A31 30 P5 29 A32 30 S11 29 28 T5 29 C10 A C12 SEE PAGE B B 28 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1E SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 1I 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 34 (2JZ–GE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2) 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IJ1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IB5 IB6 IC2 IF1 IF2 : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EA 34 (2JZ–GE) FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER IG 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE E18 I2 I4 I5 SEE PAGE 34 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 38 COWL WIRE 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE CODE I14 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 38 COWL WIRE I18 I20 I22 163 ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) LG–R 1 1 V 30A ABS NO. 2 60A ABS NO. 1 L–B B–R 2 2 2 2 IB5 R 16 R E2 5 2 3 5 5 3 5 5 6 R 1 2 4 5 5 5 3 5 5 5 V–Y V–Y L V–Y G–B E5 L–Y 2 4 V–Y 5 1 5 V–Y 4 5 4 5 V–Y 2 1 B–R 3 5 6 5 5 ABS SOLENOID RELAY 5 TRACTION MOTOR RELAY 1 5 ABS MOTOR RELAY 5 5 TRACTION SOLENOID RELAY V–Y V R R B–R LG–R Y R V–Y V–Y E6 W–B R–W W–B L–W E5 V–Y 3 E5 T4 TRACTION PUMP AND MOTOR B–R W–B IB6 G–B W–G L 2 W–B 13 1 V–Y M G–B W–G R–W L L–W V–Y B–R EB 164 EA LG–R LG–R I22 LG–R V L–B T9 A , T10 B TRACTION ECU B–R WT FRO FLO 20 A 23 A RRO 6 A RLO 19 A BRFA 7 A THFA 4 A BRC 22 A BRP 16 A TRCO 21 A 9 A IB6 1 A 15 A TSR SR 2 R–W B–Y V–R P–G P–B GR–R Y–B IB6 V 1 L–B IB6 B–R 18 O LG–B V L–B B–R LG–R 2 A 13 B MR 15 B FRO A20 6 B FLO A , A21 4 B RRO B , A22 5 B RLO 7 B BRFA 8 B THFA 11 B 14 B BRP BRC TRCO C ABS AND TRACTION ECU R–W 9 Y–G P–B IB5 10 IB5 5 IB6 Y–G IB5 P B–Y 8 P–B IB5 1 5 B 1 B 4 B 3 B 6 B 2 B 3 A 1 A 4 A L–W 3 L 4 R–W M R–W W–G 7 21 A 2 T3 TRACTION BRAKE ACTUATOR G–B IB6 AST 7 C P 6 Y L–W IB2 SRL 26 A B–Y 11 SRR 13 A Y IB2 SFL 1 C L–W 10 SFR 9 A V V–Y IB3 MT 2 C W–B 4 SMC 8 C W–G G–B IB6 G–B 14 SRC V 22 A V–Y MTT 14 A W–G TMR A6 A , A7 B ABS ACTUATOR E8 L L–W V–Y V–Y B–R B–R EA 165 ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL LG–R LG–R T9 – + A , T10 B 7 B W–R O R GR–R IDL2 1 B B IDL1 2 B IJ2 64 B 63 B IDL1 41 B IDL2 VCC 42 B 65 B VTA2 E2 L–R 14 A TRC+ Y–L 13 A TRC– GR–R 27 A EFI+ BR–B GR–R 26 A EFI– BR–B 38 A NEO Y–L E16 P–L 11 A ABS 1 2 3 4 E2 IDL VTA VC IJ1 E10 A ,E9 B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) Y–R 16 B TRC+ 9 B W TRC– 3 B Y–R R–B EFI+ 8 B 2 14 EFI– 10 A P–L NEO 17 A L–R ABSO TRACTION ECU S5 SUB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 12 B ABSO EXO A20 A , A21 B , A 22 C ABS AND TRACTION ECU V–Y B–R 166 I9 V–Y I9 2 1 V–Y 1 2 V–Y I9 LG 1 B IC2 3 V IC2 8 IC2 LG V (SHIELDED) I9 (SHIELDED) 9 (SHIELDED) B IB2 B W 5 RL– 9 B A31 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH 1 IB2 A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH 2 RL+ 10 B P 4 RR– 2 B L IB2 RR+ 18 A W (SHIELDED) 6 A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH L IB5 (SHIELDED) 2 R IB5 FL– 5 A L R (SHIELDED) 1 (SHIELDED) IB5 A11 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH (SHIELDED) 3 FL+ 4 A (SHIELDED) FR– 17 A (SHIELDED) FR+ 1 2 V–Y B–R LG–R LG–R T9 A , T10 B B– BCM BAT 11 B 12 B 12 A 26 A 3 A 11 A 18 A W–R B–R G–W P–B BR–W 10 B L (SHIELDED) B 4 B Y A 5 B R A– W BR (SHIELDED) 6 B G ACM IG1 STP PKB TRACTION ECU TC W–R I4 B–R I4 G–W B– 8 BCM A20 BR–W IJ2 I 4 : USA I10 : CANADA W–B S4 SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR P–B I4 A , A21 B , A22 W–B 7 A 24 A C ABS AND TRACTION ECU 10 A W–B R–W LBL D/G PKB TS GS1 5 C WA GS2 GST 10 C 11 A 8 A 20 A 6 A W–L 9 C W–B GND 12 C TC R–L 4 C W–B GND 23 A B–O 25 A 6 C STP Y GND IG1 V–G R– V–Y BAT 12 A L L B 2 BR–W A 1 P–B A– 3 G–W 6 B–R ACM 4 W–R 5 W–B I4 1 W–L R–L B–O 4 Y (USA) BR–W (CANADA) B–W 2 W–B IG 2 1 V–Y B–R 4 DIODE R–W IB2 W–B I18 W–B W–B I11 B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW 14 R–W R–W I4 V–G (USA) BR–W (CANADA) B–W B–R EB 167 ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL LG–R LG–R T9 A , T10 B TRACTION ECU 24 A W IND 13 A L–Y BM 5 A LG CSW 14 A W–B GND W–R L–Y W–R B–R B–R I4 G–W G–W P–B BR–W BR–W L L I4 L W P–B W–B 11 Y 16 IJ1 Y W–B W–B B–O 15 WB 23 LG 2 4 17 TRC ABS 14 6 EA1 V–G TS D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) 6 I22 TC W–B GND 3 1 T8 TRAC OFF SW GS1 2 TC W–B GS2 1 11 WA D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) L GST II1 B–R A23 ABS LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR (SHORT PIN) 22 IG1 21 P–B IJ1 B–R 4 R–L W I2 W B–R 16 W–L P–B IF1 P–B P–B W–L R–L B–O I20 W–B I18 W–B I11 V–G W–B W–B Y BR–W (USA) (USA) BR–W B–W (CANADA) (CANADA) B–W B–R IG 168 IE FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) LG–R 1 7. 5A TRAC 10A ECU–B 10A ECU–IG 15A STOP 10A GAUGE 3 13 1K 10 12 1E 1I Y W 8 1H B–R L–Y 2 W–R 2 IB3 L–Y 2 S11 STOP LIGHT SW W–R B–R G–W G–W 1 BR–W Y I14 T5 TELLTALE LIGHT LH Y C10 2 IF2 ABS TRAC L 12 BRAKE IF2 1 A , C12 B COMBINATION METER 1 B BR–W 7 B 4 LG–R BR–W LG–R L 9 A TRAC OFF 8 W 2 W W Y L IF2 15 IF1 W BR–W P5 PARKING BRAKE SW (USA) B–W (CANADA) B–W 8 1 BR–W (CANADA) I2 BR–W (USA) BR–W (USA) D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) PKB OIL 18 B–W BR–W BR–W (CANADA) I 2 : USA I10 : CANADA (CANADA) W BR–W L (USA) LG–R I2 B–W (CANADA) 169 ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE (FOR ABS) THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL, RIGHT REAR WHEEL AND LEFT REAR WHEEL WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONALLY STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU. (2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED. (3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP. (4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL LATERAL ACCELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU. 2. SYSTEM OPERATION DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED, HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING. (FOR TRACTION CONTROL) THE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM IS A SYSTEM WHEREBY THE “ABS AND TRACTION ECU” AND “TRACTION ECU” CONTROLS THE ENGINE TORQUE AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER OF THE DRIVING WHEELS IN ORDER TO CONTROL SPINNING OF THE DRIVING WHEELS WHEN STARTING OFF AND ACCELERATING, AND PROVIDE THE MOST APPROPRIATE DRIVING FORCE IN RESPONSE TO THE ROAD CONDITIONS FOR VEHICLE STABILITY. TRACTION CONTROL OPERATION VEHICLE SPEED SIGNALS FROM THE SPEED SENSOR INSTALLED ON EACH WHEEL ARE INPUT TO THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU. WHEN THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING ON A SLIPPERY ROAD AND THE DRIVING WHEEL (REAR WHEEL) SLIPS, IF THE ROTATION OF THE REAR WHEEL EXCEEDS THE ROTATION OF THE FRONT WHEELS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD, THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE REAR WHEEL IS SLIPPING. WHEN THIS OCCURS, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TRACTION ECU TO SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR TO CLOSE THE SUB THROTTLE VALVE. AT THE SAME TIME, OPERATION OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU CAUSE THE TRACTION BRAKE ACTUATORS (MASTER CYLINDER CUT, RESERVOIR CUT SOLENOID) TO TURN ON TO SWITCH THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT TO “TRACTION” MODE. IN THIS CASE, SIGNALS ARE INPUT FROM TERMINAL SRR OF ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO TERMINAL (B)3 OF ABS ACTUATOR, AND FROM TERMINAL SRL OF ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO TERMINAL (B)6 OF ABS ACTUATOR, CONTROLLING THE REAR WHEEL SOLENOID IN THE ABS ACTUATOR AND INCREASING THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER IN ORDER TO PREVENT SLIP. TO MAINTAIN THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE REAR WHEELS, THE REAR WHEEL SOLENOID INSIDE THE ABS ACTUATOR IS PUT IN “HOLD” MODE AND KEEPS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TO THE WHEEL CYLINDER CONSTANT. WHEN THE AMOUNT OF SLIP HAS DECREASED, THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN THE WHEEL CYLINDER DECREASES. 170 SERVICE HINTS A20 (A), A21 (B), A22 (C) ABS AND TRACTION ECU (A) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS (A) 24–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (C) 6–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (A) 25, (C) 4, (C) 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS (C) 12–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) A 6 (A), A 7 (B) ABS ACTUATOR (A) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS (B) 1, (B) 3, (B) 4, (B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 1.2
(IGNITION SW OFF) (B) 2–GROUND : 4–6
(IGNITION SW OFF) T 3 TRACTION BRAKE ACTUATOR 1–3 : APPROX. 2.1
2–4 : APPROX. 2.1
S11 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED A10, A11, A31, A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH 1–2: 0.8– 1.3 K
(20°C, 68°F) T 9(A), T10(B) TRACTION ECU (A)26–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSTION (A)13–GROUND: ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS (A)14–GROUND: ALWAYS BELOW 1 VOLTS (A)18–GROUND:10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF) (A) 3–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (A) 5–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH TRAC OFF SW RELEASED (A)12–GROUND: ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS P 5 PARKING BRAKE SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER DEPRESSED S 4 SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR 2–1, 2–3 : APPROX. 1.1
5–4, 5–6 : APPROX. 1.1
: PARTS LOCATION CODE A6 A7 SEE PAGE A 24 (2JZ–GTE) B CODE SEE PAGE B2 CODE SEE PAGE 24 (2JZ–GTE) S5 25 24 (2JZ–GTE) C10 A 28 S11 29 A10 24 (2JZ–GTE) C12 B 28 T3 25 A11 24 (2JZ–GTE) D1 24 (2JZ–GTE) T4 25 29 A20 A 28 D5 28 T5 A21 B 28 D6 28 T8 A22 C 28 E9 B 29 T9 A 29 A23 28 E10 A 29 T10 B 29 A31 30 P5 29 A32 30 S4 25 29 171 ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 5 23 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT RIGHT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1E SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 1I 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1 IB2 IB3 IB5 IB6 IC2 IF1 IF2 II1 IJ1 IJ2 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 32 (2JZ–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2) 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EA 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER EB 32 (2JZ–GTE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS E2 E5 E6 12 14 172 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I9 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 32 ENGINE WIRE 38 COWL WIRE E8 E16 CODE I10 38 COWL WIRE 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 38 COWL WIRE I11 I14 I18 I20 I22 173 CRUISE CONTROL FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 10A GAUGE 10A ECU–B 12 1H Y Y G–R 9 Y Y Y E14 : 2JZ–GTE E28 : 2JZ–GE IJ2 G–R I4 (A/T) 5 IF2 P G–R P Y 20 2 B II1 R O II1 I2 P–B Y 2 IF1 BR L–R IF2 1 P–B 21 4 3 11 P–B 8 P–B O II1 6 B I2 O 2 TO SPEED METER [COMB. METER] 14 BATT P–B CRUISE 11 B 8 O 9 A L–R L–R BR I14 15 TC 7 C10 A , C12 B COMBINATION METER Y R 10 A 5 L–R 7 R ODO AND TRIP PI Y P 6 D C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH Y SPD 1 B–R W–R I14 2 7 G–R 4 II1 C15 CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW (M/T) (M/T) P2 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] (A/T) (A/T) 23 Y 9 1I 1 Y Y I14 8 1H (M/T) 12 1E 10A ECU–IG 10 4 11 A/D TC TC V10 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 (FOR COMBINATION METER) I8 BR BR IF 174 D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) A , B T2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID E9 B , E10 15A STOP A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) S2 IDL 8 A (2JZ–GTE) 2 B (2JZ–GE) 3 A (2JZ–GTE) 2 B (2JZ–GE) C4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR 64 B (A/T) BR–B R–L IDL1 12 A (A/T) (A/T) 1I R OD1 9 B 10 M R S2 R–L A , B THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR W E2 11 CANCEL 1 1J R–L R–L 26 MO MC L– W STP– 16 I4 1 IB6 W G–W 2 4 1 3 I2 B–W RESUME/ ACCEL 8 W 10 IB6 R–L L 1 17 BR–B LG STP+ IB6 G–R 9 12 VR3 BR–B G–R LG IB6 5 13 1H 5 G–W MAIN 15 CCS SET/ COAST L 4 W BR–W R–Y W–B W–B 17 E GND 7 S11 STOP LIGHT SW 3 IB6 25 VR2 MC G–W 18 16 B–W R–B R (A/T) CCS 19 CMS I4 PKB CMS 15 IB6 24 VR1 IDL 13 W–B 7 23 21 OD P5 PARKING BRAKE SW GND 9 IB6 L 22 ECT BR–B R–L C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU (A/T) 10 P–G IJ1 MO 6 P–G 3 LG–R IJ2 VR3 3 LG–R R 11 VR2 2 W IJ2 VR1 1 R–B 10 E16 : 2JZ–GTE I17 : 2JZ–GE (A/T) R–L I17 TO LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR C14 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] W–B B–W W IE 175 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU, TERMINAL 2 OF STOP LIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGH THE ECU–B FUSE TO TERMINAL 15 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF COMBINATION METER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15 OF CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL 19 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO TERMINAL 13 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL (B)6 → TERMINAL 7 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION. 1. SET OPERATION WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED, WHICH IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED. 2. SET SPEED CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUTS INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE SPEED SENSOR, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THE THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. 3. COAST CONTROL DURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE THROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED. 4. ACCEL CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THE THROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED. 5. RESUME CONTROL UNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SET SPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE THE CANCELLATION. 6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THE ACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. ∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER IN EXCEPT “D” POSITION (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW EXCEPT “D” POSITION)). “SIGNAL IS NOT INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU” (A/T). ∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF ECU” ∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF ECU” ∗ PUSHING THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF ECU” ∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW OFF). “SIGNAL IS NOT INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU” 176 7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNS OFF). WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON. ∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH. ∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION. ∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH. ∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL. ∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW. ∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT. B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.) ∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH) ∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE. ∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF. C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. ∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 1 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OF STOP LIGHT SW. 8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION ∗ IN OVERDRIVE. IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4 KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THE POWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED. ∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIONMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THAT THE UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 2 SECONDS. ∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). UPON RECEIVING THIS SIGNAL, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) CHANGES THE SHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL. TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE ETC.), LOCK–UP RELEASE OF THE TRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN. SERVICE HINTS C 4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1–3 : APPROX. 2 K
5–4 : APPROX. 38.5
C14 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB.SW] 15–17 : CONTINUOUS WITH MAIN SW ON 5–17 : APPROX. 418
WITH CANCEL SW ON : APPROX. 68
WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON : APPROX. 198
WITH SET/COAST SW ON C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU 14–GROUND 1, 15–GROUND 3–GROUND 20–GROUND 18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS : CONTINUOUS WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT : APPROX. 418
WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW : APPROX. 198
WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SW : APPROX. 68
WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW 13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS 177 CRUISE CONTROL : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C4 CODE 24 (2JZ–GTE) D1 26 (2JZ–GE) D5 C10 A 28 C12 B 28 E2 SEE PAGE P5 28 S11 A 24 (2JZ–GTE) B 26 (2JZ–GE) C14 28 E9 B 29 C15 28 E10 A 29 C16 28 D1 24 (2JZ–GTE) P2 CODE 26 (2JZ–GE) T2 SEE PAGE 29 29 A 25 (2JZ–GTE) B 27 (2JZ–GE) T2 V10 25 (2JZ–GTE) 29 25 (2JZ–GTE) 27 (2JZ–GE) 27 (2JZ–GE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1E SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 1I 1J : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IB6 IF1 IF2 II1 IJ1 IJ2 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE IE IF SEE PAGE 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE E14 E16 SEE PAGE 32 E28 34 I2 38 178 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE I4 ENGINE WIRE I8 I14 COWL WIRE I17 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 COWL WIRE 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 38 ENGINE WIRE 179 CRUISE CONTROL 180 PPS (PROGRESSIVE POWER STEERING) 181 PPS (PROGRESSIVE POWER STEERING) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 10A GAUGE 10A ECU–IG 17 1E B–R Y 12 1E Y P 1 6 I14 P Y I14 Y Y ODO AND TRIP B B SPEEDOMETER [COMB. METER] P4 PPS ECU 11 A 10 A 11 B SOL+ SOL– 1 2 6 R Y L–R 23 II1 8 II1 3 1 2 II1 14 II1 LG–B LG–R BR R 4 Y II1 L–R 2 E L–R LG–B I14 A , C12 W–B 5 C10 4 LG–R 7 L–R 9 A BR T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH 5 SPD P1 PPS SOLENOID 1 2 V10 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 (FOR COMBINATION METER) I8 BR BR IF 182 IH SYSTEM OUTLINE THE PPS (HYDRAULIC REACTION TYPE) CONTROLS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE HYDRAULIC REACTION CHAMBER IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT USING THE PPS ECU, TO CHANGE THE STEERING FORCE AND PROVIDE OPTIMUM STEERING FEELING AT ANY VEHICLE SPEEDS AND UNDER ANY STEERING CONDITIONS. (PPS OPERATION) WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON THE STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE PPS ECU. THE PPS ECU MONITORS VEHICLE SPEED, INPUT SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW, THE PPS ECU SENDS A HIGHER–CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 1 OF THE SOLENOID VALVE → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, INCREASING THE SOLENOID VALVE OPENING ANGLE TO PROVIDE COMFORTABLE STEERING OPERATION. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE PPS ECU DECREASES THE SOLENOID VALVE OPENING ANGLE BY REDUCING THE CURRENT TO THE VALVE TO PROVIDE RESPONSIVE STEERING FEELING. SERVICE HINTS P 1 PPS SOLENOID 1–2 : APPROX. 7.7
(25°C, 77°F) P 4 PPS ECU 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE C10 A 28 P1 27 (2JZ–GE) C12 B 28 P4 29 25 (2JZ–GTE) T6 29 P1 CODE V10 SEE PAGE 25 (2JZ–GTE) 27 (2JZ–GE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1E SEE PAGE 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE II1 SEE PAGE 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE I8 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE CODE I8 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 183 SHIFT LOCK FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 15A CIG 1I 9 1I 15A STOP 10 1I W 14 10A ECU–IG 2 L–R B–R S11 STOP LIGHT SW G–W 1 5 1 2 ACC IG STP S7 SHIFT LOCK ECU SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW P1 G–R P G P2 G–W SLS– L SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID SLS+ E 6 4 W–B V KLS+ 2 K3 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID W–B 1 12 1K W–B 1 1J IE 184 W–B L–R SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU, IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU. 1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THAT THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW) IS INPUT TO THE ECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL ’SLS+’ OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL ’SLS–’ → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO POSITION OTHER THAN THE “P”. 2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2 AND P OF SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE ECU → KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID IS CUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) AND THE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION. SERVICE HINTS S 7 SHIFT LOCK ECU 5–GROUND : 1–GROUND : 4–GROUND : 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ALWAYS CONTINUOUS APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED S11 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE K3 CODE 29 SEE PAGE S7 29 CODE S11 SEE PAGE 29 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1I 1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1K : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE IE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 36 K3 1 LEFT KICK PANEL S 7 2 1 2 X 4 5 6 S11 1 BLUE 2 185 CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 15A CIG 7. 5A DOME 10A PANEL 2 2 3 1I L–R R 2 1E 5 1B L–R I15 C6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER R 2 L–R L–R G–O 11 1E 5 2 C8 CLOCK 1 4 A J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A W–B A IH 186 G–O W–B W–B 10 IF3 G–O 3 SERVICE HINTS C 6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS C 8 CLOCK 2–GROUND : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK) 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION) 3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C6 28 CODE SEE PAGE C8 CODE 28 J1 SEE PAGE 29 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1I 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IF3 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE IH SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE I15 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 C6 CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE C8 BLACK J1 1 2 X 2 3 4 5 A A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 187 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 7. 5A RAD NO. 2 GR 10 1E R7 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW 8 LEFT RIGHT UP DOWN LH RH LH RH 7 6 3 5 LG–R M+ 1 BR–B MRV 2 LG–B MLV BR–Y MRH LG MLH W–B E RIGHT DOWN SELECT SW LEFT UP OPERATION SW B BR–B 18 1E 1 1J 5 3 MH M MV M W–B R16 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH IE 188 4 4 M+ 14 IL1 BR–B BR–Y IL1 6 M+ IL1 BR–B 15 BR–Y ID1 LG–R 10 LG–R LG–R 11 ID1 LG–B ID1 LG 12 I5 LG–R LG–B LG W–B LG–R 5 3 MH MV M R17 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH M SERVICE HINTS REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW R7 8–GROUND : 5–2 : 8–5 : 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION CONTINUOUS WITH OPERATION SW AT LEFT OR UP POSITION CONTINUOUS WITH OPERATION SW AT RIGHT OR DOWN POSITION ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE R7 CODE 29 R16 SEE PAGE CODE 30 R17 SEE PAGE 30 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE 36 IE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE I5 38 R16 1 2 CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE R 7 X 5 6 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS R17 3 7 8 3 4 5 3 4 5 189 POWER SEAT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 30A DOOR 2 L–W 15 1H L–W 6 IC2 L–W 1 BQ1 M 1 2 BQ1 P12 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL) W–B M W–B RECLINING MOTOR BI 190 R–W L 2 1 W–B 3 L–B 4 REAR FRONT 2 REAR FRONT P11 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT) SERVICE HINTS P11 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’S SEAT) 2– GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 1– GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE P11 CODE 31 P12 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE 31 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE 1H 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) BQ1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR P11 1 3 GROUND POINTS LOCATION P12 1 2 2 4 191 SEAT HEATER (FOR CANADA) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 15A SEAT–HTR B 16 1H B I11 I11 B Y–R Y–R B 3 4 L 3 4 W–B S6 SEAT HEATER SW I24 W–B 2 BQ1 W–B W–B B9 2 W–B S12 SEAT HEATER (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT) 1 IG 192 BI IG S13 SEAT HEATER (FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT) S15 SEAT HEATER RELAY (FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT) 2 W–B Y–R 2 1 1 2 B 1 S14 SEAT HEATER RELAY (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT) L RH 2 W–B LH 6 1 3 BQ1 IC1 Y 4 W–B Y–R Y Y–R B 6 B 7 IC1 4 BQ1 SERVICE HINTS S 6 SEAT HEATER SW 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE S6 29 S13 31 S12 31 S14 31 CODE S15 SEE PAGE 31 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1H SEE PAGE 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IC1 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) BQ1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IG 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR : SPLICE POINTS CODE I11 SEE PAGE 38 I24 S6 1 2 4 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE B9 COWL WIRE BLACK 6 S12 BLUE S13 BLUE 1 1 2 2 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 42 SEAT WIRE S14 S15 1 2 1 2 3 4 3 4 193 UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 7. 5A DOME 10A GAUGE 2 2 Y 12 1E R 1 T6 SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT RH] Y–R 16 5 1B 1 1E INTEGRATION RELAY 1 7 9 BUZZER TIMER 10 12 1K W–B 15 8 1I 6 12 1C 16 1I B–W 2 1 15 IC2 R–B Y R–B 1 1J W–B 5 3 U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 2 IE 194 W–B W–B I7 BI W–B 2 W–B 1 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH B6 BUCKLE SW LH SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH DOME FUSE. 1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEAT BELT IS PUT ON DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF RELAY STOPS AND THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP. 2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEM WITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPENS (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS. SERVICE HINTS B 6 BUCKLE SW LH 1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH 3–2 : CLOSED WITH LH DOOR OPEN U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER INTEGRATION RELAY 10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS 6–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN 5–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER 8–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE 9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BUCKLE SW OFF 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE B6 28 T6 29 D10 30 U1 29 CODE SEE PAGE : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1I 1J 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IC2 SEE PAGE 36 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR : SPLICE POINTS CODE I7 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE 195 UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING 196 SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS (supplemental restraint system), perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year.
Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes before disconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. (The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated.) When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systems will be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system. When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock. To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surface facing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take care not to damage the connector. (Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)
Always store a removed or new front passenger airbag assembly with the airbag door facing up. Storing the airbag assembly with the airbag door facing down could cause a serious accident if the airbag inflates.
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without high humidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, center airbag sensor assembly or front airbag sensors.
Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts.
Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors. After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuse it. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10k
/V) tester.
The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl No. 2 wire harness assembly. The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, as are the connectors.
Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squibs. (It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)
If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harness assembly. When the connector to the front airbag sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wire harness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose. (Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices. 197 SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below: 1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM Each connector contains a short spring plate. When the connector is disconnected, the short spring plate automatically connects the power source and grounding terminals of the squib to preclude a potential difference between the terminals. 2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISM This mechanism is designed to electrically check if connectors are connected correctly and completely. The electrical connection check mechanism is designed so that the connection detection pin connects with the diagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is in the locked condition. 198 3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISM With this mechanism connectors (male and female connectors) are locked by two locking devices to increase connection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribs interfere and prevent the secondary lock. 199 SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) * 1 : CONNECTION DETECTION PIN FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 7. 5A IGN 15A CIG 13 1E B–Y 15 14 12 ACC II1 2 IF1 11 P–B I14 I14 IG2 4 P–B P–B 21 B–Y L–R II1 B–Y 12 TC 12 P–B T6 SRS WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT RH] AB 11 B–Y 2 B–O TC 5 B–Y 9 1G 4 1E B–Y P–B 7 1G 3 1E P–B I5 7 LA TC C5 CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY 1 2 E1 3 1G 4 1G 1 1J (* 1) B A B 1 2 SPIRAL CABLE 1 F1 FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH 2 F2 FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH A27 AIRBAG SQUIB (STEERING WHEEL PAD) A28 AIRBAG SQUIB (FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY) IE 200 E2 6 W–B 5 W–B P– 1 W–B (* 1) A P+ 2 BR B 2 D– 4 G GR 1 D+ 3 L –SR 10 Y +SR 11 W –SL 9 R +SL 8 IF1 P–B W–R AB 13 D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) B–Y 6 1G D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) B–Y 10 1G 10A ECU–B SYSTEM OUTLINE ∗ THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) IS A DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE IGN FUSE TO TERMINAL 13. IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, WHEN DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR AND SWITCH, AND THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 3, 2, OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 4, 1, OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5, TERMINAL 6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND. WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR RH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF AND CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 3, 2, OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 4, 1, OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 8 OR 11 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 9 OR 10 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5, TERMINAL 6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND, WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR RH IS ON AND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIBS AND CAUSES THEN TO OPERATE. THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER. THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE PASSENGER. : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A27 28 D1 26 (2JZ–GE) A28 28 D5 28 C5 28 D1 24 (2JZ–GTE) F1 CODE F2 24 (2JZ–GTE) T6 SEE PAGE 24 (2JZ–GTE) 26 (2JZ–GE) 29 26 (2JZ–GE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1E 1G 1J SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE IE SEE PAGE 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE I5 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE CODE I14 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 201 SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) 202 REAR WIPER AND WASHER 203 REAR WIPER AND WASHER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) C14 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] 20A WIPER WASHER1 OFF 5 1H 1 1A INT 1 L TO FRONT WIPER MOTOR 4 W–B IC2 LG–B L 5 BM1 IC2 4 BM1 3 BM1 LG–B 13 IB2 16 LG–R LG L W1 WASHER MOTOR 2 3 M 10 LG–R L 1 IC2 LG E 9 : 2JZ–GTE E21 : 2JZ–GE 1 LG–R 2 LG–B WASHER2 L L ON 12 1K 1 1J 3 2 L C1 LS C1 W–B L R15 REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY 5 BO1 LG–B 2 BO1 LG–R 4 BO1 REAR WIPER RELAY L 1 B +B Y SM L L R LM LM +B SM REAR WIPER MOTOR W–B M IE 204 SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR, TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE. 1. REAR WIPER NORMAL OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THUS, THE RELAY COIL IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REALY FLOWS TO TERMINAL LM → TERMINAL LM OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE MOTOR TO OPERATE THE WIPER. 2. REAR WIPER INTERMITTENT OPERATION WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW IS TURNED TO INT POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO OPERATE (THE POINT CHANGES) AND THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT OF THE RELAY OPERATES. INTERMITTENT OPERATION OF THE CIRCUIT IS CONTROLLED BY THE CHANGING AND DISCHARGING OF THE CONDENSER INSTALLED INSIDE THE RELAY. 3. WASHER OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO ON POSITION, WHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED FURTHER, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND, SO THAT THE WASHER MOTOR ROTATES AND THE WINDOW WASHER EJECTS THE SPRAY, ONLY WHILE THE SWITCH IS FULLY TURNED. WHEN THE WIPER SW IS OFF AND THEN TURNED TO WASHER ON (WIPER OFF SIDE), ONLY THE WASHER OPERATES. SYSTEM OUTLINE W 1 WASHER MOTOR 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 3–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH WASHER SW TURNED ON R15 REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH REAR WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 3–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH REAR WIPER SW AT ON POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C14 28 R15 30 CODE W1 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE 25 (2JZ–GTE) 27 (2JZ–GE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1A SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 1J 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IB2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) BM1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM) BO1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT) : GROUND POINTS CODE IE SEE PAGE 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE E9 SEE PAGE 32 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE CODE E21 SEE PAGE 34 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 205 ELECTRIC TENSION REDUCER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 6 1C 13 1K B–R B–R 10A ECU–IG 1 1 2 2 B–W T12 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID RH B–W T11 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID LH 1 1 B6 BUCKLE SW LH BI 206 W–B 2 W–B 2 B7 BUCKLE SW RH IG SERVICE HINTS BUCKLE SW LH B6 1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE BUCKLE SW RH B7 1–2 : CLOSED WITH PASSENGER’S SEAT BELT IN USE T11, T12 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID LH, RH 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE B6 28 T11 30 B7 28 T12 30 CODE SEE PAGE : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE 36 40 IG BI B 6 1 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT KICK PANEL LEFT QUARTER PILLAR B 7 2 1 T11 2 1 T12 2 1 2 207 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 3 10A GAUGE 30A DEFOG 10A MIR–HTR 4 7 1K Y 12 1H 7 1C 4 1H 1 1D B W–L 1 3 B 5 6 BM1 3 1 BO1 13 IF1 1 A N3 2 A B B B NOISE FILTER 1 A13 B , A14 A SW1 GND IL1 W–B 9 A P–B 4 B R–W 3 A 16 1 C B–W A/C AMPLIFIER C W–B N2 NOISE FILTER R–DEF SW5 R18 B , R19 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER 1 18 A 10 7 A NOISE FILTER J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 10 1D A W–B H13 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW [HEATER CONTROL SW] 1 W–B 1 B 2 W–B 1 1J W–B 8 IL1 W–B IH 208 IE R16 MIRROR HEATER LH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH] B B I4 L–R B B IF1 W–B 5 IC2 R17 MIRROR HEATER RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH] 4 B 4 L–R 2 I6 B REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY L–R 4 L–R 4 SERVICE HINTS REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY (4) 3 –(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW [HEATER CONTROL SW] ON : PARTS LOCATION CODE A13 A14 SEE PAGE B 28 A 28 CODE SEE PAGE N2 N3 A CODE SEE PAGE 29 R18 B 30 30 R19 C 30 H13 29 R16 30 J1 29 R17 30 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 4 SEE PAGE 23 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 20 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1D 20 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 1J 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IC2 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) BM1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM) BO1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE I4 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE COWL WIRE A13 B I6 ORANGE A14 4 A SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE ORANGE H13 ORANGE 3 X X J1 9 X X N 2, N 3 X A 18 R16, R17 7 R18 B 1 A A A A A A A A 1 X GREEN 10 X R19 X C 1 1 2 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 209 AUTO ANTENNA FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 20A RAD NO. 1 7. 5A RAD NO. 2 10A ECU–IG 3 1H GR 10 1E (* 1) 17 1E GR L–Y 2 B–R 2 8 IB1 (*1) L–Y GR L–Y (*1) L–Y I2 L–Y (* 1) L–Y (*2) L–Y IF1 (* 2) GR GR L–Y 1 I15 I15 (*2) P–L (*1) P–L (*2) GR (*2) B–R (*1) B–R (*2) (*2) P–L B–R (*1) (*1) P–L GR L–Y B–R B–R (*2) 1 4 5 8 7 6 +B IG ACC AMP ANT GND W–B – + 3 G DOWN 2 R UP 7 IE1 6 IE1 A30 AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY 1 M 2 A33 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR A W–B R G A J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IH 210 * 1 : W/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER * 2 : W/O STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER S8 A ,S9 B STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER GR (* 1) GR (* 1) L–Y (* 1) L–Y (* 2) GR (* 2) P–L (* 1) P–L L–Y I24 (* 1) L–Y (* 1) P–L (* 1) (* 2) 3 A ACC 6 A +B1 2 A +B2 1 B AMP+ (SHIELDED) B–R (* 1) V (* 1) B–R (* 2) LG (* 1) 8 IH1 9 IH1 (* 1) (* 1) P–L P–L (SHIELDED) 9 B OUT 3 B OUT 10 B GND GND 4 A BR 4 A (* 1) 4 B (* 2) 11 R4 B ,R6 A RADIO AND PLAYER IF3 BR (* 2) L–Y (* 1) (* 1) V 3 A 3 B LG (* 2) GR 1 A 9 B (* 1) (* 2) P–L 8 A 8 B P–L B–R (* 1) B–R (* 2) I16 IF 211 AUTO ANTENNA SERVICE HINTS A30 AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY 1–GROUND : 4–GROUND : 5–GROUND : 6–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A30 28 R4 B 29 A33 30 R6 A 29 J1 29 S8 A 29 CODE S9 SEE PAGE B 29 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IH1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I2 38 COWL WIRE I16 38 CONSOLE BOX WIRE I15 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I24 38 COWL WIRE 212 RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 20A RAD NO. 1 ACC IF3 6 IH2 1 IH2 L–Y B Y R 6 A 6 A 2 A 2 A 4 C 6 D 11 C 2 D 3 C 1 D +B1 +B2 RL+ S8 A ,S9 2 RL– 3 IF3 W 2 L–Y IH2 IE1 R 11 B 2 I24 3 A 3 A IE1 Y 10 1 Y B IB1 L–Y GR 8 2 R 1 2 L–Y 3 1H R14 REAR SPEAKER RH W R13 REAR SPEAKER LH 2 3 IH2 W 7. 5A RAD NO. 2 10 C (* 1) 5 D (* 2) RR+ RR– B , S1 0 C , D STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER V P 6 IH1 1 WF+ IH1 WF– 14 C (* 1) (* 2) 5 C 5 IH1 2 IH3 1 IH3 LG–B L V LG–R L I14 IF3 1 2 BR F12 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH 1 2 F10 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) LH IF 1 2 F13 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH 1 2 F11 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) RH 9 IE1 13 IE1 LG–R L IL1 LG–B 1 L IL1 LG LG 5 V ID1 V 8 P P 2 ID1 214 I14 LG I5 P I5 11 LG V P BR 2 IH1 FR– 8 C 8 D LG–R FR+ 1 C 9 D LG–B FL– 9 C 4 D L FL+ 2 C 3 D LG GND 4 A 4 A 1 2 W2 WOOFER (SPEAKER) * 1 : W/ WOOFER (SPEAKER) * 2 : W/O WOOFER (SPEAKER) S8 A ,S9 B , S10 C , D STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER F. L F. R R. L R. R GND 6 B 6 B 13 B 13 B 14 B 14 B 10 B 10 B OUT OUT 9 B 9 B 3 B 3 B 3 4 AMP+ 1 B (* 1) 1 B (* 2) 6 7 14 15 F. L F. R MUTE R. L R. R ACC 1 B AMP ANT R6 RADIO AND PLAYER B–R 8 IH1 9 IH1 P–L 8 B–R GND P–L 5 I16 P–L BR BEEP W 13 FADE R G 12 L B 11 Y (SHIELDED) P–L 5 B 5 B LG MUTE 4 B 4 B V BEEP 12 B 12 B (SHIELDED) FADE 11 B 11 B 7 8 ANT AMP A30 AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY 215 RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER) SERVICE HINTS S 8(A) STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER (A) 6, (A)2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION (A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A30 28 R6 29 F10 29 R13 30 F11 29 R14 30 F12 30 S8 A 29 F13 30 S9 B 29 CODE S10 W2 SEE PAGE C 29 D 29 30 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 2 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1H SEE PAGE 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH) 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IH1 IH2 IH3 IL1 : GROUND POINTS CODE IF SEE PAGE 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE I5 I14 216 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I16 38 CONSOLE BOX WIRE I24 38 COWL WIRE * 1 : W/ WOOFER (SPEAKER) * 2 : W/O WOOFER (SPEAKER) 217 RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 20A RAD NO. 1 7. 5A RAD NO. 2 2 10 1E L–Y 2 IB1 1 A30 AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY R14 REAR SPEAKER RH 2 1 2 IE1 2 IF3 3 B ACC Y R W 3 A 2 B 6 B 1 B 3 B RL+ RL– R4 A ,R5 RR+ RR– B L 2 1 2 F10 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) LH L LG I14 1 L IL1 1 2 F13 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH 1 2 F11 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) RH L IL1 LG LG 5 V V 8 ID1 P P BR ID1 F12 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH 218 I14 V P I5 1 IF FR– 5 A I5 2 FR+ 1 A LG FL– 6 A V FL+ 2 A P GND 8 A 9 A ANT RADIO AND PLAYER 7 A 8 IF3 B 4 A AMP P–L 11 ANT 7 B–R R Y IE1 L–Y 10 W IF1 B 1 R13 REAR SPEAKER LH GR L–Y 8 AMP SERVICE HINTS R 4(A) RADIO AND PLAYER (A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION (A) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE A30 28 F10 29 F11 29 CODE SEE PAGE F12 F13 R4 CODE 30 A R5 SEE PAGE B 29 30 R13 30 29 R14 30 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE 2 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE 1E JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IB1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ID1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE IF 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE I5 38 A30 GRAY WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE F10 F11 I14 F12 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE F13 R4 1 2 5 6 A 3 4 7 8 R5 B 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 R13 R14 1 1 2 2 7 8 9 2 X 6 219 220 IE BR 4 EC 11 A II1 2 IE1 3 5 BP1 3 BP1 1 BP1 1 2 3 (M/T) (M/T) 13 COMBINATION METER I3 29 EXT I4 IGNITER 1 F14 FUEL SENDER IF B–W (A/T) G–Y C9 CLUTCH START SW G–B B–W 11 1H 7 1H 19 1E 14 1E C , C12 A 16 A 15 A 6 B 13 A II1 IE1 TACO 16 RH IF1 2 G–Y 1 TURN B 6 (* 3) (A/T) B–W B–W B G–B N LH P P2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) 2 E10 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) IE1 5 B 7. 5A ST BULB CHECK RELAY IB1 TACHO (* 1) 13 IJ2 B–W 10 A BR (* 2) R–W B FROM HEADLIGHT HI RH (* 4) 1 FUEL 4 1K BR BR 8 B Y–B FUEL R–W B–W BR 24 BR II1 Y–B 19 8 A Y–G 9 A Y–B IF1 B , C11 Y–G C10 BR WATER TEMP. R–W 2 Y–G 14 Y–L 2 A BR IF2 3 A Y–L 6 A (* 1) R–W 6 E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENDER (WATER TEMP. SENDER) HIGH BEAM 15A HEAD(RH) (FOR USA) R–L 4 R–L CRUISE TRAC 2 TO DIMMER SW [COMB. SW] IF2 O (* 3) W 1 W–B (* 2) 1 O W 7 A TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO TRACTION ECU COMBINATION METER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 9 IJ2 FROM TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] IF2 * 1 : USA * 2 : CANADA * 3 : 2JZ–GTE * 4 : 2JZ–GE FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) G–O 10A PANEL FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] 3 1I II1 27 II1 8 C 11 C 2 C10 B , C11 C , C12 A COMBINATION METER L 7 C D 6 C N 10 C R 4 C MASTER 17 G–B II1 LG–R 18 G–B LG–R G–R II1 G–R 1 L II1 R–B 36 GR II1 P BRAKE 7 L GR R–B G–O 15 14 A 2 B 1 B R–G W–B 4 B R–Y W–B 5 B Y–G 7 B L–W 13 C G 1 A BR–W DELAY IF1 33 II1 R–G R–Y 4 Y–G 2 14 1 E7 ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR IB2 34 II1 A BR J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (* 4) A A W–B 2 BR–W (*3) 2 1 P5 PARKING BRAKE SW W–B (* 3) W–B R–W (*4) W–B 1 BR–W L–W Y–G 1 B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW R–W (* 2) 8 I2 (* 1) PKB (* 1 * 3) BR–W OIL D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 18 BR–W 4 Y–G TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) (* 2 * 3) G B–W I14 DIODE BR–W (* 2) B–W I2 (* 1) BR–W B–W (* 2) EB IH EC 221 COMBINATION METER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) Y G–O FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) Y 10A GAUGE IF3 I14 12 1E G–O 10 7. 5A DOME Y Y G–O I8 2 Y R G–O 2 Y 12 B 1 C 9 B I14 5 1B II1 Y 23 1 11 1E V10 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 (FOR COMBINATION METER) 8 T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH DOOR ODO AND TRIP L–R 2 5 10 6 7 14 11 W–G P BR R–B R–G 8 L–R II1 II1 R 2 R L–R 3 L–R COMBINATION METER C , C12 A 11 B C10 B , C11 V–G 10 B R 12 C W–L 2 C W–G 13 B 4 SPEED MANU O/D OFF ILLUMINATION 1 R Y 3 C Y G–O G–O I14 Y Y I8 G–O I14 I14 R–G Y–G Y–G R–Y R–Y L–W L–W P 11 II1 P I14 P TO DIODE (FOR INTERIOR LIGHT) TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) TO PPS ECU TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) TO RHEOSTAT II1 P I21 TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO A/C AMPLIFIER P 5 IF2 P I14 P BR 38 P II1 V–G 5 B R–B P B W–L B W–G J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–G W–G IF 222 L–W 25 W–B II1 TO TRACTION ECU 15 II1 2 SECURITY TRAC OFF OIL T5 TELLTALE LIGHT LH 8 W–B 5 (* 3) LG–R 3 LG–R IF2 Y–B MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE) Y–B L–B 4 L–B 2 TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) 12 (* 3) 4 1E L W–L 10A ECU–B FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU 2 ABS W–R Y B–O 3 L 1 R–Y OIL LEVEL 13 1E (* 4) 6 L–W SRS CHRAGE 8 1E L IE1 15 B–Y 12 Y–G REAR LIGHT 7. 5A IGN TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO ABS ECU Y–G B–Y 5 18 V SEAT BELT T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH TO CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY V Y–R 16 TO LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO INTEGRATION RELAY * 1 : USA * 2 : CANADA * 3 : 2JZ–GTE * 4 : 2JZ–GE Y FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 10 9 IF2 18 1E 9 1G 1 1J R–Y 1 O2 OIL PRESSURE SW IE 223 COMBINATION METER SERVICE HINTS B 2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW 1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN P 5 PARKING BRAKE SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP O 2 OIL PRESSURE SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE ABOVE APPROX. 20 KPA (2.8 PSI, 0.2 KG/CM2) E 4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENDER (WATER TEMP. SENDER) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 160–240
(50°C, 122°F) : APPROX. 17.1–20.4
(120°C, 288°F) E 7 ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR 1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT UP AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 55°C (131°F) OPEN WITH FLOAT DOWN AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 60°C (140°F) F14 FUEL SENDER 1–2 : APPROX. 3
AT FUEL FULL : APPROX. 110
AT FUEL EMPTY C10(B), C12(A) COMBINATION METER (B) 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (A)16–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER AT P OR N POSITION (A/T) 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION AND CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T) (A) 8–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS (A)11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS (A) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE 24 (2JZ–GTE) B2 26 (2JZ–GE) C9 28 CODE E4 E7 SEE PAGE 26 (2JZ–GE) 24 (2JZ–GTE) 26 (2JZ–GE) CODE O2 P2 SEE PAGE 27 (2JZ–GE) 25 (2JZ–GTE) 27 (2JZ–GE) C10 B 28 E10 29 P5 29 C11 C 28 F14 30 T5 29 C12 A 28 I4 27 T6 29 D6 28 J1 29 E4 24 (2JZ–GTE) O2 25 (2JZ–GTE) V10 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1G 1H 1I 1J 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IB1 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IJ2 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) BP1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH) IB2 IE1 IF1 IF2 224 25 (2JZ–GTE) 27 (2JZ–GE) : GROUND POINTS CODE EB EC IE IF IH SEE PAGE 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD 36 LEFT KICK PANEL 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE I2 I3 I8 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 COWL WIRE 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE CODE I14 I21 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 225 COMBINATION METER 226 RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM OUTLINE 1. HEATER BLOWER OPERATION MANNAL BLOWER OPERATION WHEN THE BLOWER CONTROL SW IS SET TO ANY BLOWER SPEEDS, THE A/C AMPLIFIER OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO DRIVE THE BLOWER MOTOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY. THE CURRENT ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY IS OUTPUT AT TERMINAL M+ AS THE VOLTAGE FOR THE SELECTED BLOWER SPEED. THE CURRENT THEN FLOWS FROM TERMINAL M+ OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL M– OF BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, AND THE BLOWER MOTOR OPERATES AT THE BLOWER SPEED SELECTED. AUTO FUNCTION WHEN THE AUTO SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C AMPLIFIER CALCULATES THE REQUIRED VENT TEMPERATURE BASED ON THE SET TEMPERATURE AND INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR. THEN TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER INPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY IN CONFORMITY WITH THE REQUIRED VENT OUTPUT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL M+ OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL M– OF BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER MOTOR. THE BLOWER MOTOR THEN OPERATES AT DIFFERENT STEPS IN CONFORMITY WITH VARIABLE CURRENT FLOW OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY. 2. OPERATION OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC) WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL AIR OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT RECIRC POSITION. (SWITCH(NG FROM RECIRC TO FRESH) WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL AIF OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT FRESH POSITION. 3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C AMPLIFIER (SWITCHING FROM DEF TO FACE) THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL AOF OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL AOD OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO FACE SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT FACE POSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE TERMINAL TPO OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER. AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE AMPLIFIER, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION. (SWITCHING FROM FACE TO DEF) THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AOD OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL AOF OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION. 4. OPERATION OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR WHEN THE TEMPERATURE SW IS TURNED TO THE “COOL” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMC OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL AMH OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND AND THE MOTOR ROTATES. THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE AT THIS TIME IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THE DAMPER STOP POSITION AND MAINTAIN THE SET TEMPERATURE. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO THE “WARM” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMH OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL AM1 OF A/C AMPLIFIER, ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE AND SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO WARM SIDE. 228 5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION THE A/C AMPLIFIER RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURE SIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR, ETC. WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER. AS A RESULT, THE GROUND CIRCUIT IN A/C AMPLIFIER IS CLOSED AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL ACMG OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) → TERMINAL A/C → TERMINAL MGC OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, TURNING THE RELAY ON, SO THAT THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C AMPLIFIER OPERATES. AT THE SAME TIME, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) DETECTS THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C AMPLIFIER IS OPERATING AND OPENS DIRECTION TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE RPM DURING A/C OPERATING. WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, THE A/C AMPLIFIER OPERATES TO TURN OFF THE AIR CONDITIONING. ∗ ENGINE RPM SIGNAL IS HIGH. ∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH. ∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW. ∗ A SIGNAL THAT THERE IS A LARGE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ENGINE SPEED AND COMPRESSOR SPEED. ∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW. 229 RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 1 50A HTR 7. 5A HTR 30A FAN 2 2 2 2 2 1K R–L 5 1A R–L R–L (* 1) R3 RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 2 R–L 1 R–L E9 B (* 1) 3 6 W–B 5 W–B E3 L–R R–L R–L 4 R–L 2 2 W–B E9 (* 1) W–R R–L R–L R2 RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 2 2 L 2 1 E3 L–B 3 A L–B 5 2 L–W 2 L–R 2 3 3 L–B 2 A HEATER RELAY 4 1 L 3 2 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW 5 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY 1 2 E 9 : *1 E20 : * 2 A3 2 W–G 2 2 A W–G IB4 1 EA1 L–W 5 IF1 L–W L 13 IF3 L L–R 3 IB2 L–W L L IK1 2 L 10 L II1 L 1 B 1 A 1 M 1 L–B M 1 IK1 1 E2 E5 W–B B3 BLOWER MOTOR M 2 W–B 2 W–B B BR W–B 1 2 EB 230 W–B 2 B GND IG EB W–B M– 2 W–B M+ 4 A2 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR SI W–B 3 A +B ,B5 B R1 RADIATOR FAN MOTOR 2 A A L B4 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY L–B L IK1 A4 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH 3 L–R W–B E11 : * 1 E26 : * 2 E5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SW (WATER TEMP. SW) R–L 1 EA * 1 : 2JZ–GTE * 2 : 2JZ–GE W–B R–L R–L A/C TACO 23 34 16 L–R B–W (* 1) ACMG W–G E10 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) 2 EA1 W–G I4 IGNITER W–G EXT L–W 4 L B–W (* 2) L 31 II1 29 II1 L–R B–W 13 B 7 C 15 B 16 B 6 B 21 C VER1 A/C–IN BLW HR MGC IGN W–B W–B GND L–W 9 B L W–B L I15 W–B W–B A12 C , A13 A , A14 B A/C AMPLIFIER A W–B A A J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IH 231 RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING W–B W–B H12 9 A A , H13 B HEATER CONTROL SW RR– DEFOG DEF F/D FOOT B/L FACE R–L A24 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR RECIRC M FRESH 16 IG1 13 IG1 15 1 A 6 A 18 A 5 A 6 B 3 B 4 B GR 4 G G–R 3 IG1 14 IG1 R–Y BR Y BR–W 16 C 4 C 10 C 11 C 1 C R–L I15 G V R–L R–L IF1 R–L 10 5 R–L R–L 2 R–L G–R G 8 B 19 B 20 B IG AIR GR R–L I15 AIF A12 C , A13 A , A14 A/C AMPLIFIER 232 17 B AIM/AMOUT B L–RDEF L–DEF L–F/D L–FOOT L–B/L 2 C L–FACE * 1 : 2JZ–GTE * 2 : 2JZ–GE H12 A , H13 B HEATER CONTROL SW REC/ FRS AUTO A/C FAND–FAND+ OFF 12 B 11 B 7 A 15 A 3 A 4 A 14 A 17 A 12 A 16 A 1 B 10 B 9 B 13 A 2 B 7 B 11 A 2 A 10 A LG–B GR B LG P B–W P–B R LG–R W–L R–W G–W L–R Y–B P–B V–W L–B BR–W COOL R–B WARM BR–W V–W V–W I12 6 C 17 C L–MAUTO L–REC 18 C L–FRS 19 C L–A/C 12 C L–HI 15 C L–M3 14 C L–M2 3 C L–M1 A12 13 C 1 B L–L0 4 B SW7 C , A13 A SW6 3 B SW5 2 B SW4 8 A SW3 10 A SW2 4 A SW1 9 A SG 11 B TSET , A14 B A/C AMPLIFIER 233 A4 A/C LOCK SENSOR [A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH] G–Y V–W A1 A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR 1 2 3 IB6 20 M II1 1 LG BR–W BR–W I12 IF3 8 IF3 5 26 II1 BR–W IG1 1 BR–W I13 BR–W V–W V–W V–W I12 V–W V–W I14 1 2 I19 V–W TAM IG1 1 IG1 W 11 LG–R IG1 22 C 10 B 7 A 8 C 16 A 9 C LOCK–IN C , A13 A , A14 B A/C AMPLIFIER 7 Y–L P–B 6 A TR IG1 L–Y Y–L 5 A TS 3 LG Y–G 17 A IG1 G–Y BR–W 2 A A12 234 Y–L 2 6 S5 1 L–Y I12 V–W A15 A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR LG G–Y V–W V–W IG1 I13 LG–R BR–W V–W I13 V–W 4 P–B V–W V–W BR–W I13 E11 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) (FOR A/C SYSTEM) V–W Y–L Y–G 7 2 W 4 W 3 2 Y–L 5 V–W G–Y V–W P–B V–W FACE BR–W A17 A/C SOLAR SENSOR IB6 DEF V–W 2 11 A26 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 1 P–B 2 1 V–W A16 A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR V–W RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING TPO TE AOD TW AOF * 1 : 2JZ–GTE * 2 : 2JZ–GE FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 10A GAUGE B 5 2 4 B B V–W 1 ODO AND TRIP 6 5 L–R T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH Y R–Y V V–W G–W 11 B 8 1 4 II1 23 II1 2 1 3 I14 2 II1 L–R L–R L–Y 3 A 1 A 7 B 20 C 18 B 11 A 14 A AMC +B A12 ACC RDEFGR SPEED PSW 4 A (*1) 1 B (*2) C , A13 A , A14 B A/C AMPLIFIER EA BR AMH 1 A (*1) 2 B (*2) W–B TP A , B 18 A A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW L–Y L–Y IF3 P 6 B IF1 L–R 8 W–R R–Y 2 IG1 R–Y V 9 IG1 V 8 IG1 G–W G–W 12 IB6 A3 BR–W 11 A R 1 10 A V10 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 (FOR COMBINATION METER) 2 3 P 5 4 Y 9 A L–R COOL 3 C10 A , C12 4 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY W–L WARM SPEEDOMETER [COMB. METER] M 4 I14 Y Y Y I14 Y 12 1H R 2 1E Y Y 13 1E L–R A25 AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR W–R 12 1E BR 15A CIG Y 10A ECU–B IF 235 RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SERVICE HINTS A 4 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH 4 – GROUND: APPROX. 3.7
A 3(A) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW [A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW] (2JZ–GTE) (A) 1–(A) 4 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 225 KPA (33 PSI, 2.3 KG/CM2) OR 3140 KPA (458 PSI, 32 KG/CM2) A 3(B) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW (2JZ–GE) (B) 1–(B) 2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 225 KPA (33 PSI, 2.3 KG/CM2) OR 3140 KPA (458 PSI, 32 KG/CM2) A12(C), A13(A), A14(B) A/C AMPLIFIER +B – GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS IG – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION HR – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DO NOT TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR BELOW 1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR ACC – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION TW – GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE AND MAX. COLD POSITION OF A/C TEMP. CONTROL SW BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE AND MAX. WARM POSITION OF A/C TEMP. CONTROL SW MGC – GROUND: BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, PUSH THE A/C AUTO SW AND A/C SW ON POSITION 10–14 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, PUSH THE A/C AUTO SW AND A/C SW OFF POSITION BLW – GROUND: 1.0–3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR S5 – GROUND: 4–6 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON SG – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS AMH – AMC 13–19 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW OFF AOF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FACE SW ON AOD – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DEF SW ON GND – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A17 28 H12 26 (2JZ–GE) A24 28 H13 24 A25 28 I4 27 A 24 (2JZ–GTE) A26 28 J1 29 B 26 (2JZ–GE) B3 28 R1 25 A1 A2 A3 CODE 24 (2JZ–GTE) A4 A 29 B 29 24 (2JZ–GTE) B4 A 28 R2 25 26 (2JZ–GE) B5 B 28 R3 25 T6 29 A12 C 28 C10 A 28 A13 A 28 C12 B 28 A14 B 28 E5 24 A15 28 E10 29 A16 28 E11 29 V10 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1H 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1 IB2 SEE PAGE 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO NO. 2) 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IG1 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEATER CONTROL SW) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IK1 38 COWL NO. 4 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IB4 IB6 236 25 (2JZ–GTE) 27 (2JZ–GE) : GROUND POINTS CODE EA EB IF IG IH SEE PAGE 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) 32 (2JZ–GTE) 34 (2JZ–GE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER 36 LEFT KICK PANEL 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS E2 E26 34 ENGINE WIRE E3 I12 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I13 38 COWL NO. 3 WIRE 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE E5 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E9 I14 E11 32 ENGINE WIRE I15 E20 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I19 237 RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING 238 GROUND POINT E 2 : *3 E18 : * 4 W–B FRONT FOG LIGHT AND PARKING LIGHT LH W–B W–B W–B E2 E 2 : *3 E18 : *4 W–B W–B FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH E 2 : *3 E18 : * 4 W–B ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW W–B W–B FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH EFI MAIN RELAY 2 HEATER RELAY 2 W–B E 7 : *3 E20 : * 4 (* 3) W–B FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH E 2 : *3 E18 : *4 W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B E20 (* 4) W–B FRONT WIPER MOTOR E 2 : *3 E18 : * 4 W–B 2 W–B EFI NO. 2 RELAY W–B E 5 : *3 E19 : * 4 (*4) (* 3) W–B W–B A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR (* 3) (* 3) (L) (* 3) E2 TRACTION PUMP AND MOTOR W–B 5 (* 3) E8 E5 W–B (* 3) W–B W–B W–B (* 3) E3 W–B (* 3) 5 W–B W–B (* 3) E8 W–B W–B W–B E8 EB 24 II1 BR 8 IC1 I11 BR 18 ABS SOLENOID RELAY (E) RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 2 (–S) TRACTION SOLENOID RELAY ABS ACTUATOR BR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SUB) DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) BR DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) BR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (MAIN) IJ1 BR BR E16 BR I17 BR BR (* 3) EC BR I17 BR BR BR ED 240 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW BR E11 : * 3 E24 : * 4 IGNITER ABS RELAY BR BR NOISE FILTER HEADLIGHT LO LH EA BR ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR BR HEADLIGHT LO RH ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SW (WATER TEMP. SW) (* 3) W–B (* 1) W–B (* 3) W–B (* 1) W–B BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW W–B W–B W–B W–B (–S) W–B E2 W–B W–B RADIATOR FAN MOTOR COMBINATION METER DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 W–B FRONT FOG LIGHT AND PARKING LIGHT RH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (–S) (* 1) W–B FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH (* 3) (E1) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (E01) (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED (E02) TRANSMISSION) * 1 : CANADA * 2 : USA SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (FOR CALIFORNIA) 8 BR BR BR I11 18 BR IJ1 BR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (FOR CALIFORNIA ON FRONT SIDE) BR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (FOR CALIFORNIA ON REAR SIDE) E27 BR BR DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) BR I17 BR IC1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) BR BR E28 BR E28 BR BR BR BR BR POWER STEERING PRESSURE SW (E1) I17 E27 (E01) BR ED DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW LH W–B ROOM LIGHT SW [DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH] W–B DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH W–B W–B 10 13 1D 1H (* 4) W–B W–B I4 CRUISE CONTROL ECU W–B W–B I9 W–B (A/T) W–B B1 W–B 12 W–B KICK DOWN SW CRUISE CONTROLH SW [COMB. SW] W–B 1K I2 UNLOCK WARNING SW W–B W–B B1 W–B KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID W–B WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] I2 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION) W–B B1 (E02) B1 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR AND MIRROR HEATER LH * 3 : 2JZ–GTE * 4 : 2JZ–GE W–B 6 W–B 1F PERSONAL LIGHT W–B (E1) CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY 18 1E W–B W–B I3 4 W–B (E2) 3 1G RHEOSTAT W–B IG I3 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW W–B POWER MAIN RELAY TELLTALE LIGHT LH W–B DIMMER SW [COMB. SW] W–B W–B (* 1) 13 IB5 5 6 1K 1K W–B I1 W–B LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 W–B 1J 4 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER W–B 1 INTEGRATION RELAY W–B W–B (* 1) IE 241 GROUND POINT 11 BR STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER BR A W–B A W–B IF3 (EP) COMBINATION METER (E2) BR I8 A W–B BR (* 5) BR W–B I3 (GND) A/C AMPLIFIER (VER1) BR TELLTALE LIGHT RH W–B I15 BR COMBINATION METER 3 BR FUEL SENDER 3 BR BP1 BR A HEATER CONTROL SW BR RADIO AND PLAYER A BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY SEAT HEATER RELAY (FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT) W–B SEAT HEATER (FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT) W–B W–B CIGARETTE LIGHTER (* 6) W–B W–B IE1 IF A W–B 1 W–B CLOCK W–B IK1 A W–B GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW W–B I24 (* 1) W–B I24 (* 1) W–B I23 W–B A A W–B AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY I14 (* 1) J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B (* 1) (* 1) W–B THEFT DETERRENT ECU W–B BUCKLE SW RH W–B (* 1) I23 W–B PPS ECU I21 W–B W–B W–B (* 2) DOOR COURTESY SW RH W–B W–B I21 16 IL1 W–B (* 1) 14 IF1 W–B (* 1) I4 W–B I18 W–B (* 3) W–B W–B W–B W–B (A/T) REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR AND MIRROR HEATER RH I11 : * 3 I 4 : *4 (* 1) W–B I18 (* 1) SEAT HEATER SW DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) W–B (A/T) I10 W–B I18 (GND) ABS ECU (* 4) W–B I11 (A/T) I11 : * 3 I18 : * 4 242 W–B W–B I18 I9 W–B W–B DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW RH I9 W–B O/D MAIN SW W–B IH I11 (* 3) TRACTION ECU ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH B2 W–B TRAC OFF SW SHIFT LOCK ECU W–B B2 W–B R–L IG W–B I20 (* 2) ABS LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH (* 1) W–B HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] W–B B2 (GND) (* 3) W–B (GND) ABS AND TRACTION ECU (* 3) W–B SEAT HETER (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT) W–B POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(FOR DRIVER’ SEAT) W–B HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT W–B W–B B9 W–B (* 1) : : : : : : CANADA USA 2JZ–GTE 2JZ–GE W/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER W/O STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER B9 (* 1) 3 BO1 W–B B5 W–B LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW W–B REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH W–B LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR B6 W–B W–B B3 W–B B5 W–B W–B LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH W–B W–B B3 DOOR COURTESY SW LH W–B B7 W–B W–B REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH B3 W–B W–B 2 BM1 W–B B7 W–B W–B 2 BQ1 W–B SEAT HEATER RELAY (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT) *1 *2 *3 *4 *5 *6 B3 W–B W–B B6 FUEL PUMP ECU W–B I7 BUCKLE SW LH BI W–B W–B W–B 2 BP1 W–B W–B FUEL PUMP BJ 243 GROUND POINT : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE J1 CODE SEE PAGE CODE 29 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 2 22 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT 4 23 R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 5 23 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT RIGHT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1D 20 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1E 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1F 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 1G 1H 1J 1K : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IB5 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IC1 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IE1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IF1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH) IF3 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) II1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IJ1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IK1 38 COWL NO. 4 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IL1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE BM1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM) BO1 40 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE BP1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH) BQ1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 32 (2JZ–GTE) EA 34 (2JZ–GE) FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER 32 (2JZ–GTE) EB 34 (2JZ–GE) FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER 32 (2JZ–GTE) EC 34 (2JZ–GE) FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD 32 (2JZ–GTE) ED 34 (2JZ–GE) IE REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD 36 LEFT KICK PANEL 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL BI 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR BJ 40 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER IF IG IH 244 SEE PAGE : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I9 E2 E3 I10 38 COWL WIRE 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I16 38 CONSOLE BOX WIRE I17 38 ENGINE WIRE I18 38 COWL WIRE I20 38 COWL WIRE E20 I21 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE E24 I23 38 COWL WIRE E5 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I11 E7 I14 E8 I15 E11 E16 32 ENGINE WIRE E18 E19 E27 34 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE ENGINE WIRE I24 E28 B1 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE I1 B2 40 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE 40 FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE 42 SEAT WIRE 38 COWL WIRE I3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B5 I4 38 COWL WIRE B6 I7 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE B7 I8 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B9 I2 B3 245 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 246 247 The numbering system for the overall wiring diagram is the same as above. Indicates a Relay Block. No Shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) The position of the parts is the same as shown in the wiring diagram and wire routing. Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe. System Title Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. B = Black L = Blue R = Red BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet G = Green O = Orange W = White GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow Indicates and located on ground point. The same code occuring on the next page indicates that the wire harness is continuous. is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different. Indicates a shielded cable. Indicates related system. Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows Outside numerals are pin numbers. Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for further clarification.). Example: SYSTEM INDEX ABS (Anti–Lock Brake System) 18–3 Shift Lock 13–3 21–2 11–4 SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) 1–2 Remote Control Mirror Starting 7–4 6–3 (for Canada) 5–3 (for USA) Stop Light 7–2 Headlight Taillight 14–3 21–4 Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control Seat Heater (for Canada) OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 20–3 9–2 9–4 8–3 PPS (Progressive Power Steering) 26–3 Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light Horn 24–4 Illumination 10–3 19–3 Auto Antenna 16–8 (for 2JZ–GE) 15–8 (for 2JZ–GTE) Interior Light 11–2 ABS and Traction Control Back–Up Light 1–4 Light Auto Turn Off 12–4 Radiator Fan and Automatic Air Conditioning 23–3 (w/ Stereo Power Amplifier) 24–2 (w/o Stereo Power Amplifier) 10–2 Ignition Charging 21–1 Power Seat Radio and Player 20–2 Unlock and Seat Belt Warning 2–4 (for 2JZ–GE) 2–2 (for 2JZ–GTE) Cigarette Lighter 20–3 Clock 1~26–1 Remote Window Defogger and Mirror Heater 22–2 12–2 Rear Wiper and Washer Power Window Power Source 22–4 5–4 4–3 (for 2JZ–GE) 3–3 (for 2JZ–GTE) 16–3 (for 2JZ–GE) 15–3 (for 2JZ–GTE) 20–4 17–3 25–3 Combination Meter Cruise Control Electric Tension Reducer Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator Engine Control Fog Light Front Wiper and Washer 248 B S2 A 1 STARTER B ,G2 3 2 1 G1 B GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) G1 S A IG A L A II1 From Combination Meter<25–5> 23 II1 1 4 EA2 (*1) 2 EA3 (*2) 1 2 3 G 2 A BLACK GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR) A Y–G 12 1E 10A GAUGE *1 : 2JZ–GTE *2 : 2JZ–GE *3 : Canada W 1 To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–5><4–8><15–2><16–2> B 1 B 34 Y–G (*3) 7. 5A IGN 5 1J Y S 3 B BLACK STARTER B B A ,S3 B S2 B 1 B B (M/T) To Theft Deterrent ECU<14–4> B (A/T) 1 A 8 IB3 (*1) 6 IB2 (*2) L–O 1 EA2 (*1) 1 EA3 (*2) B W BATTERY[ 1 50A MAIN 2 L–O 2 To Combination Meter<25–6> To Daytime Running Light Relay(Main) <6–1> W B 30A AM2 2 B (A/T) 12 3 8 1E Y–G 1 2A W 1 W–R B–W (M/T) 2 IJ1 B–W (M/T) P2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T) W 1 2 STARTER RELAY 9 IJ2 N P 6 W 2 1 B–W (A/T) B–W (A/T) 5 C9 CLUTCH START SW (M/T) 13 IJ2 2 1 B (A/T) 7. 5A ST 3 1J Y–G 5 3 B 2 4 1K 6 1J B–W (M/T) 2 3 EA1 B B (A/T) 120A ALT W–R 4 IB1 IG2 3 B–O B–W Y–G 1 7. 5A ALT–S 2 2 50A AM1 (for USA) 60A AM1 (for Canada) B–Y ST1 8 B–W IG1 4 ACC 4 Charging Y 2 W B–O 2 W T6 CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT RH] 2 W B (M/T) W W B 1 2 I19 IGNITION SW 2 AM2 7 AM1 3 B–O 2 W 2 Starting B–Y 4 1B 4 1J 1 Power Source 1 SUPRA ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM W B W–R 2 B IGT2 3 B IGT3 9 B IGT4 IGT5 8 B IGNITER GR–B B W–R To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–5> GR–G 7 B IGT6 3 A IGF 4 A GND IGC6 12 B B–O Front side of intake manifold N1 NOISE FILTER C IGT 2 C I4 1 C IGF IGNITER EXT 4 C C– 5 C NE 1 2 G1 3 G2 D4 DISTRIBUTOR 1 B–O 4 G– I5 IGNITION COIL G Front side of intake manifold N1 NOISE FILTER B–O EC 2 1 BR B–O BR BR BR R–Y L–O B–O R–W To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector)<3–3> B EC 2 1 +B 3 C 2 R BATTERY I6 IGNITION COIL NO. 1 1 B IGT1 I7 IGNITION COIL NO. 2 P–B W 1 B–O B I9 IGNITION COIL NO. 4 1 2 3 4 5 G IGC5 2 1 4 Ignition (for 2JZ–GE) B–O 1 2A 30A AM2 B–O 11 B I10 IGNITION COIL NO. 5 R–W I 4 C BLACK L–Y IGC4 B–O I11 IGNITION COIL NO. 6 1 A B–O TACH Y A ,I3 I8 IGNITION COIL NO. 3 I2 B–O 10 B Y–B IGC3 B–O 4 B Y–G IGC2 2 1 B–O 5 B 2 1 B–O Y–R IGC1 2 1 B–O B–O 6 B 2 1 B–O B–O 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 B–O B–W 2 8 B–O (2JZ–GTE) B–W +B 2 1 B–O B–O (2JZ–GE) To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <4–2> B–O 2 A B–O B–W I 3 B BLACK 1 IJ1 B–O 3 To Tachometer [Comb. Meter] <25–6> 1 2 3 4 B–O B–O (2JZ–GE) 9 IJ1 B–W 2 B–O I 2 A BLACK IGNITER IG2 3 2 Ignition (for 2JZ–GTE) To A/C Amplifier <26–5> 2 1 7 I19 IGNITION SW 2 AM2 1 Power Source B–R 4 IB1 2 SUPRA OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <4–7> B R–Y To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <4–7> MEMO W B–Y 30A EFI NO. 1 B–O W–R 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) W Front side of left fender W–B EB BI W–B 120A ALT BATTERY B–Y #10 # 20 2 3 BR I14 INJECTOR NO. 3 R–Y L I13 INJECTOR NO. 2 R–L 1 #40 1 2 8 #50 1 2 7 1 2 6 #60 11 15 OX2 TS 16 4 22 WA 19 E1 IG– From Igniter <2–2> L From ABS and Traction ECU<19–4> From ABS and Y Traction ECU <19–7> (SHIELDED) Rear side of intake manifold 3 8 1E 15 II1 BR 3 2 ED BR I15 INJECTOR NO. 4 R I12 INJECTOR NO. 1 30A EFI NO. 2 EFI NO. 2 RELAY 30A AM2 B Left quarter pillar 1 2 4 #30 S1 SFI RESISTOR(EFI RESISTOR) 2 EA2 W 1 2 2 B–R 1 2A B–O +B 1 W–B 1 B–Y P–B 1 2 F14 FUEL PUMP W–B B 1 2 EFI MAIN RELAY BR 1 2 V–W B–R B–Y 2 G 2 BP1 12 B–R VF1 +B OX1 13 (SHIELDED) 2 L W–B V–W (Short Pin) Y–L TE1 8 L–B W 2 W G 12 IJ1 From O/D Main SW<15–5> 4 IJ1 B–Y M 7 IF1 From Center Airbag Sensor Assembly <13–3> From ABS Solenoid Relay <19–2> 8 L–B B–R L–R D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 8 IJ1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) 5 23 AB WB L–R 1 FP TC W 12 1E L–B 2 B–Y B–R B–R 7 IC2 12 AB P–G 5 V–W 4 G 12 IC2 2 From Cruise Control ECU <17–2> L–R 11 IC2 6 3 BR 3 1J 18 IJ1 T5 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP(CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) 2 2 6 BP1 L–R 5 7 LG Y–L 2 W–B 2 8 LG 13 IJ1 2 P–G LG 4 EA1 2 5 2 2 P–G 17 IJ1 L–B 1 L–O 2 B–Y 3 E1 ENG Y–L 5 IJ1 1 Y–L 5 1J Y 2 GR 2 V–G 1 ECT A/D TE2 TE1 6 IJ1 (A/T) 5 GR–R LG 2 2 FP 9 10 17 TRC TC TT BR 13 II1 13 IJ2 E10 A DARK GRAY ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) W B–Y B–W(A/T) GR B–O B–R GR–R(A/T) Y–L P–G LG BR (SHIELDED) BR R–L L–B G V–W B–R R–B R R–W R–G R–Y R–L (SHIELDED) E 9 B DARK GRAY 4 1K 6 1J 4 7. 5A ST 3 1 F15 FUEL PUMP ECU FPC DI O W 4 ABS 10A GAUGE 2 +B L–O 5 E 1 From Traction ECU<19–4> P–B V–G 14 D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) 3 (Cont. next page) B 2 W–R 4 IB1 10 IC2 From ABS and Traction ECU<19–7> From Cruise Control ECU<17–2> From Center Airbag Sensor Assmbly<13–3> B–Y 7. 5A IGN 4 1B B–W 5 IB1 L–O B–Y 9 IJ1 B–O B–R GR 8 EA1 5 EA2 From ABS and Traction ECU<19–8> 2 Engine Control (for 2JZ–GTE) GR–R (A/T) 4 1J I19 IGNITION SW B–O B–Y IG2 3 ST1 8 IG1 4 ACC B–R 2 AM2 7 AM1 1 Power Source 3 SUPRA OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM B–O BR BR L–B BR R–L From Center Airbag Sensor Assembly<13–3> From ABS and Traction ECU<19–8> From Cruise Control ECU<17–1> V–W G B–R I17 INJECTOR NO. 6 B–Y R R–B I16 INJECTOR NO. 5 G R–W R–G W–B (A/T) (A/T) 55 54 GR–B BR–W R–L R–W B–O V–W L–B G (SHIELDED) BR–W R–L L–O 2 A 34 A 75 B 74 B 15 B 16 B 17 B 18 B 19 B 20 B 11 A 50 B 49 B W A A A A B 41 B 43 B 64 B B 65 4 A 26 B 25 B B–W 27 V3 VSV(for EVAP) B–R B–R B 27 L A A A 13 A (SHIELDED) O B B E21 28 L O A 38 69 B ED 80 BR O (SHIELDED) Rear side of intake manifold BR B 79 BR (SHIELDED) R–L BR 2 C3 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 2 BR From Traction ECU<19–6> BR 66 E2 5 B TRC– TRC+ NEO E1 EO1 EO2 14 EFI– 26 EFI+ B–R 1 7 B NE– C2 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR NO. 2 B–W 1 5 B (SHIELDED) C1 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR NO. 1 2 W 1 O 6 B G1 G1– G2 G2– NE B VG 2 THA VG 45 4 BR K1 KNOCK SENSOR (on Front Side) 1 A A J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A A 62 3 THA E2 B M1 MASS AIR FLOW(AIR FLOW METER) P–L K2 KNOCK SENSOR (on Rear Side) 1 23 A ACMG A PM1 VTA1 E2 STP TACO VCC IDL1 16 ELS A L BR 2 B–R E1 V–Y 1 12 I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE(ISC VALVE) B–R B–R 20 IJ1 G–W 1 G–O B–R 3 32 B R–G OX GR–G 2 1 34 B (SHIELDED) 8 IC1 B–R 6 33 B KNK1 KNK2 VTA2 B 42 W BR P–B 5 4 35 B BR–B (A/T) B–R 31 A L–R From Igniter <2–2> 58 B Y–R H11 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SUB) 4 1 2 B–R HT +B IC1 52 B B , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*1) EVAP EGR #60 #50 #40 #30 #20 #10 ABS B IDL2 63 From A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay <26–2> 4 53 B A/C B W–G 3 B OD1 46 B–R (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) 56 B ISC4 B B BR R–L L–B G V–W B–R R–B R R–W R–G R–Y R–L 57 B ISC2 24 THW OIL THG B (SHIELDED) 12 IC1 22 B ISC3 A BR 9 IC1 21 A ISC1 2 From Stop Light SW<7–4> BR–B R O 5 IJ2 6 A +B A 3 W 14 IJ2 72 A IGF 33 2 1 W–R 10 IC1 W (SHIELDED) 47 B–L B B B IGT6 V5 VSV(for Exhaust Gas Control Valve) G–Y IGT5 W–L IGT4 V8 VSV(for Waste Gate Valve) IGT3 B B–Y IGT2 76 P IGT1 A L–Y IGSW NSW SP1 PMC M–REL BATT E9 24 B–O A O(A/T) FPU 1 BR–Y VSV3 L–W B GR–R VSV2 60 GR B Y–L DI FPC 73 R–Y B V6 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up) G–R 38 B–W(A/T) B B–W VF1 TE2 TE1 TT VSV1 39 B–Y HT2 W G–B B 1 L–R STA GR–R(A/T) 40 L–R Y A 17 Y–L A 2 R HT1 20 P–G A GR–R L–R VC PIM 3 To Combination Meter<25–6> To A/C Amplifier<26–5> From Diode(for Idle–Up) <20–2> 15 4 BR–B OX2 H5 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (MAIN) W 19 LG B 3 G–W OX1 From Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW) (A/T)<1–3> From Clutch Start SW(M/T)<1–3> 29 BR–B B B–R 77 2 E2 T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 4 8 *1 : Engine and Electrolnically Controlled Transmission ECU P–L B B–R From Telltale Light RH <25–1> 44 GR–R 71 B–R 2 2 1 1 L–R 2 1 E3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) (A/T) A5 A/T FLUID TEMP. SENSOR 2 BR–B 1 S5 SUB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR BR–B L–R B B–R 1 2 1 E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR 2 BR–B 1 BR–B R 48 V7 VSV(for Intake Air Control Valve) 1 B–R 1 V4 VSV(for Exhaust Bypass Valve) B–R 3 B–R BR–B HT 2 1 B–R BR–B 2 B–R 7 BR–B +B 2 1 B–R BR–B T14 TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR Y–R 4 IJ2 E B–R 6 BR–B OX 4 5 Engine Control (for 2JZ–GTE) To Cruise Control ECU<17–3> To Traction ECU <19–6> To Traction ECU <19–6> (SHIELDED) W B–Y B–W GR B–O B–R GR–R Y–L P–G LG BR 3 SUPRA (Cont’ d) B–R BR BR W W From ABS and Traction ECU <19–8> R–Y R–L R–W R–G R–B R V P From A/C Amplifier<26–5> From Cruise Control ECU<17–3> V2 VSV(for EGR) V B–R R–Y B–R BR–W W W B–Y 50A AM1 EFI MAIN RELAY 30A EFI NO. 1 I14 INJECTOR NO. 3 30A AM2 B–O B–O 1 B–O 1 1 W–B W–B B–O B–O B–O B–O I12 INJECTOR NO. 1 120A ALT B BI Front side of left fender 4 L–B 3 15 II1 3 18 IJ1 L–B Rear side of intake manifold BR G I17 INJECTOR NO. 6 R–B I16 INJECTOR NO. 5 R I15 INJECTOR NO. 4 R–W R–G I13 INJECTOR NO. 2 R–Y R–L BATTERY ED BR EB 15 BR Left quarter pillar 1 V–W 1 2 P–B 2 16 Y 2 19 B–W From Center Airbag Sensor Assembly <13–3> From Cruise Control ECU<17–1> From Center Airbag Sensor Assembly <13–3> From ABS ECU<18–2> 11 E1 2 L–B 2 W–B To ABS Relay<18–1> 5 TC IG– TS OX2 OX1 L–B 23 P–G AB VF2 14 Y 2 B–O W–B D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) WB VF1 13 T5 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) B–O F14 FUEL PUMP W–B (Short Pin) TE1 8 HT 1 BR B–O L–R 2 BP1 WA +B E1 4 IJ2 14 IJ2 9 IC1 10 IC1 3 OX 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 (SHIELDED) B–O V–W 22 L +B 12 BR 2 4 12 IC1 4 IC1 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 (SHIELDED) 1 B–Y Y–L FP L–B BR 8 IC1 BR (*1) 12 1E 4 R–L(*1) L–B W R–L G V–W R–B R R–W R–G R–Y R–L (SHIELDED) (*1) 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E10 A DARK GRAY 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 E 9 B DRAK GRAY B–R B–O BR–W(*1) B–W GR B–Y GR–R(A/T) LG P–G Y–L L–O *1 : California (Cont. next page) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 R–L (*1) 2 W–B 1 B–R 5 3 BR W–B G 12 IJ1 LG P–G Y–L 7 IF1 8 E1 10A GAUGE 5 IJ2 20 IJ1 R–L (*1) 1 2A V–W LG 1 B–O 9 IJ1 G Y–L 4 IJ1 13 IJ1 7 LG 1 2 L M L–R 2 5 IJ1 17 1J1 2 W L–O 8 IJ1 From Cruise Control ECU<17–2> From Center Airbag Sensor Assembly<13–3> From ABS ECU<18–2> From ABS ECU<18–3> Y–L 4 6 BP1 1 ENG TT 5 BR (*1) 1 2 W–R 7 IC2 5 L–R 12 IC2 L–R TE2 P–G 11 IC2 1 TE1 LG 2 2 FP D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) A/D 10 L–B 2 2 3 FPC 14 Y 2 W B–R (*1) 2 W–R 2 B–Y 3 B–R BR–W (*1) 1 B–R 1 GR 2 5 B–R +B 4 B–Y F15 FUEL PUMP ECU DI E 9 V–G AB ECT ABS 12 V–G TC 4 O 2 B–R GR–R (A/T) 2 10 IC2 5 1J B–R B–R (*1) 2 B–R B–O 6 IJ1 B–R BR–W (*1) 2 B–R 5 IB1 7. 5A IGN 8 EA1 From Center Airbag Sensor Assembly <13–3> P–B GR–R (A/T) 4 EA1 3 1J From O/D Main SW <16–5> From ABS ECU<18–4> From Cruise Control ECU<17–2> B–Y 4 IB1 3 EA3 8 1E B–O 3 B–R (*1) 4 1B GR B–O B–R I19 IGNITION SW IG2 3 B–Y B–W B–R 2 AM2 ST1 8 IG1 4 ACC 2 Engine Control (for 2JZ–GE) BR–W (*1) 4 1J Power Source 1 7 AM1 4 SU PR A OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM R–L (*1) (SHIELDED) BR R–L W From ABS ECU <18–2> From Igniter <2–4> B–Y B–R W–B B Rear side of intake manifold BR 23 34 ACMG A 12 BR–B (A/T) From Cruise Control ECU <17–3> 80 69 A A W 49 1 B (SHIELDED) A KNK2 BR From Distributor <2–4> 7 27 25 26 (SHIELDED) K2 KNOCK SENSOR (on Rear Side) K1 KNOCK SENSOR (on Front Side) W 1 50 A (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) A (SHIELDED) B–R (*1) 4 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR HT OX +B 3 1 2 72 B HT2 B–Y(*1) M3 MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (for California, on Rear Side) 1 R–L (*2) R–L O4 OXYGEN SENSOR (Except California, on Rear Side) BR (*1) A R–L E (SHIELDED) R–L B , E10 BR(*1) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) 19 18 17 16 15 22 21 A A BR (*1) W OX +B HT 2 4 BR (*1) R–Y R–G R–W R R–B V–W G 30 R–L (*1) R–L (*1) L–B W R–L G V–W R–B R R–W R–G R–Y R–L 6 L–B (SHIELDED) (*1) 20 B B B B B B A A A W (*1) 1 B–R 73 B–R (*1) R–L A #20 #30 #40 #50 DI FPC #60 OX3 W W (*2) E B–R (*1) 48 B B HT1 B–L(*1) O3 OXYGEN SENSOR (Except California, on Front Side) 3 ISC4 OX1 W W 1 ISC3 (SHIELDED) A (SHIELDED) M2 MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (for California, on Front Side) A BR BR E9 ACIS M–REL NSW BATT TT VF1 TE2 TE1 ED 79 B B E1 E01 E02 B B B B R B G1 G2 NE G– B W 47 EGR EVAP G ISC1 ISC2 +B IGSW HT3 33 B B B 76 24 A A 33 17 A B 29 B–R(*1) VF2 L–O 28 L–O 19 Y–L 20 5 LG P–G A GR B–Y A B–W (A/T) B 13 IJ2 4 1K 6 1J B (A/T) GR–R(A/T) B–R B–O BR–W(*1) B–W GR B–Y GR–R(A/T) LG P–G Y–L BR (SHIELDED) #10 7. 5A ST BR–W (*1) 36 1 13 II1 B–O B 35 B–R 31 B–R 32 34 1 B–R G–W B 3 R–G 2 B–R A 4 V–Y 5 B–R B 74 I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE) G–O 6 B–R V1 VSV(for ACIS) A 1 39 G–Y 2 B–R A 2 1 V B–O BR BR R–L(*1) V3 VSV(for EVAP) B–R B–R BR BR (SHIELDED) OX2 B 75 1 2 P B V2 VSV(for EGR) B–R B–R From A/C Amplifier <26–5> B THW STP ELS SP1 IGT IGF FPU B 44 2 36 W–L (*1) 2 1 57 R–W 58 R–Y From Igniter <2–4> V6 VSV(for Fuel Pressure Up) A 4 15 P A R–Y A From Diode (for Idle–Up)<20–3> B G–W B 2 From Stop Light SW <7–4> B 7 1 L–Y From Telltale Light RH<25–1> 6 L–R (SHIELDED) KNK1 THG 46 1 2 BR–Y B E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR BR–B B–R From A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay<26–2> BR B B IDL1 VTA1 43 VCC ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) 2 1 BR–B O (A/T) OIL A5 A/T FLUID TEMP. SENSOR 24 4 41 3 2 64 L–R B L–R B Y B R Y E3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) Engine Control (for 2JZ–GE) W–G R R BR–B 4 SUPRA (Cont’ d) A A/C OD1 E2 B 65 T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 BR–B 8 BR–B To Cruise Control ECU<17–3> A 45 2 BR–B BR–B (A/T) B–W 77 STA B KS THA 66 3 P–L BR–B B–R (*1) From Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW)(A/T)<1–3>, From Clutch Start SW(M/T)<1–3> B 4 B LG–B L–R BR–B *1 : California *2 : Except California V12 VOLUME AIR FLOW(AIR 1 FLOW METER) 5 BR G–R R 1 R–Y R–Y To Theft Deterrent ECU<14–4> To Integration Relay<11–1> T G–R R R 13 IB2 R–Y R–Y R–Y 2 3 6 7 E 2 2 15A HEAD(RH) (for USA) Headlight (for USA) 1 2 2 IB1 R–W 6 IF1 R LIGHT CONTROL SW 2 DIMMER SW R–W 2 1 R–W 3 2 1 R–W 1 2 2 1 2 2 R–B 15A HEAD(LH) (for USA) R–B R (Canada) 2 1 R–B 15A HEAD (LH–LWR) (for Canada) R–B (USA) 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 3 5 2 From Integration Relay<11–2> W–B R–W 2 2 50A MAIN HEADLIGHT RELAY W–B O C12 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] R–L R–L R–L W–B R–L R–L H4 HEADLIGHT LO RH W–B W–B F4 FOG LIGHT RH [PARKING LIGHT RH] G–O F3 FOG LIGHT LH [PARKING LIGHT LH] G–O W–B W–B EB 1 2 Fog Light FOG LIGHT RELAY W–B Front side of left fender OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM R 1 G–O 3 O W–B R–B (Canada) HI R–G B 12 R–W 9 ED HF LO 14 R–Y EL R–Y H C13 COMBINATION SW OFF 11 15 IB2 Front side of right fender G–R 2 TAIL LOW HEAD HIGH 13 7 IB1 O (USA) O (Canada) 14 IF1 To Combination SW<6–3> EA R (USA) 2 4 OFF FLASH ON 5 1K 1 1J Left kick panel R–W 2 1 2 2 1 3 Power Source 5 SUP RA 2 1 1 2A BATTERY IE 15A FOG B R FOG LIGHT SW W–B R–L H2 HEADLIGHT HI RH H3 HEADLIGHT LO LH H1 HEADLIGHT HI LH R–L O W–B R 7. 5A DOME W R Y–G W 60A AM1 To Brake Fluid Level Warning SW<25–6> From Generator (Alternator)<1–4> 50A MAIN 120A ALT B 5 4 2 4 1 3 W–B BATTERY 6 3 Right kick panel 11 9 W–B 6 B E 5 1K W–B O 7 W–B 13 IB5 Left kick panel 1 1J From Fog Light Relay<5–2> W–B W–B IE W–B EB W–B Front side of left fender W–B W–B W–B R–L W–B 2 IB1 14 IF1 3 2 6 IF1 1 2 2 1 H4 HEADLIGHT LO RH W–B C12 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER] Front side of right fender EA 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 W–B W–B To Parking Brake SW <25–6> IG From Integration Relay<11–2> 13 LO ED W–B 2 FOG LIGHT SW C13 COMBINATION SW ON EL R–W 1 2 R–L 1 D 3 B GRAY DIMMER SW OFF H R–G W–B FLASH HIGH T 3 W–B 1 2 R–W D 2 A GRAY LIGHT CONTROL SW LOW HF 14 W–B W–B DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 OFF TAIL HI 12 W–B 5 A 3 A D2 A , D3 B DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 2 2 4 W–B 1 2A B–W 1 BR–W HEAD G–W R–Y R–W 1 16 To Integration Relay<11–1> 2 Y–G 7 IF2 13 1 A 2 A R–L R–Y 2 1 H2 HEADLIGHT HI RH R–W R–L 2 Y 8 R–Y 18 7. 5A DRL 11 4 B 2 B 2 2 R–W 2 10A GAUGE 2 R HI 3 B 2 1 R–W 1 R–L H R–Y IG +B DRL D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY(MAIN) CHG– BRK PKB E 2 1 B R–W 2 R–Y 2 2 R–B R–Y R–Y 13 IB2 R 1 15A HEAD(LH–UPR) 2 5 To Theft Deterrent ECU<14–4> R–W DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2) (for Canada) 2 R 17 2 2 1 R–W H1 HEADLIGHT HI LH 2 15 R–L 1 IB3 1 4 2 R–W R R R–G 1 W 2 2 2 3 2 15A HEAD(RH–UPR) 4 1B 12 1H 3 2 HEADLIGHT RELAY 4 3 R 5 1B B–Y 5 1J W 1 2B W R–Y 4 1J ST1 IG1 4 ACC R R I19 IGNITION SW 7 AM1 R 2 Headlight (for Canada) 15A HEAD(RH–LWR) R–B 2 1 Power Source R–W 9 1H 6 SUPRA 15A HEAD(LH–LWR) H3 HEADLIGHT LO LH W–B W–B R W W–B B–Y To Theft Deterrent ECU<14–3> Left kick panel F5 FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH W–B Front side of intake manifold F6 FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH F4 PARKING LIGHT RH[FRONT FOG LIGHT RH] W–B G W–B Front side of right fender LG R12 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH G G W–B 120A ALT B Left quarter pillar W–B W–B W–B R9 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] W–B 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) Lower back panel center W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B BI R–W Left quarter pillar W–B BJ 5 3 W–B BJ R10 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] W–B 5 3 2 STP– 1 BM1 To Shift Lock ECU <21–3> To Cruise Control ECU <17–4> To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–8><4–7><15–2><16–2> Lower back panel center G–W R10 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] BI LG W–B 5 E L2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR R–W EA 5 11 7 STP+ R9 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] EB 1 1 4 WRN G–W G–W 11 IJ1 To Traction ECU<19–7> 3 BO1 2 1 6 BO1 2 BM1 W–B IE G BATTERY F3 PARKING LIGHT LH[FRONT FOG LIGHT LH] G 1 1 B G–W G–W G–W To ABS ECU<18–4> To ABS and Traction ECU <19–7> W–B 1 1J G W–B 2 –T 9 8 10 1C 1 1H G–W S11 STOP LIGHT SW G–W 4 Stop Light G–W 5 1K 11 G C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW] 2 G 1 2A H I20 INTEGRATION RELAY E 2 L1 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT HEAD G T 1 LG TAIL OFF G–W R–W 1 60A POWER 1 G +T 3 Y 1 2 V 1 3 T6 REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT RH] 2 3 G G–W 2 2 Y T 4 1 5 IE1 18 1 2 10 1I 15A STOP G–W G–W 2 5 G G–W TRLY G V W 2 G–W 2 G 16 1C 1 12 1E Y 1 1 3 1A DIODE 2 1C 10A GAUGE G–W 1 W 2 G–W 2 10A TAIL 5 1J 3 G–W 2 4 1B 3 5 B–Y W 2 W–L 11 1K 2 1 2 1B 2 Taillight G–W 2 W I19 IGNITION SW IG2 ST1 IG1 4 ACC TAILLIGTHT RELAY 4 1J AM2 1 Power Source 7 AM1 7 SUPRA OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM H14 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT W–B W–B W–B R11 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH W–B W–B W–B A W–G (*2) W–G (*1) 2 1 2 1 W–B A W G–O Right kick panel W–G W–B 2 W–G G–O O5 A/T INDICATOR ILLUMINATION [O/D MAIN SW] 3 1 W–G W–G G–O E8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW W–G 1 W–G G–O 2 G–O T8 TRAC OFF SW W–G 6 G–O 5 G–O S6 SEAT HEATER SW W–G 3 5 BATTERY See Taillight System<7–1> 3 2 TAILLIGHT RELAY 11 1K 1 1 2A 1 2 1 2 W 2 120A ALT 2 60A POWER 2 Power Source 1 2 1B 5 3 1I G–O 10A PANEL W–G 16 IF1 W–G G–O 1 10 IF3 G–O G–O 8 SUPRA 1E 1 1J 18 1E E W–B A29 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 A J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B 3 2 G–O G4 GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT G–O B W–G 2 1 2 3 H10 HAZARD SW G–O 3 4 5 6 B W–G (*1) 5 IH2 9 A (*1) 5 C (*2) 2 A (*1) G (*1) B IH 1 C ,R6 B 2 B , R5 RADIO AND PLAYER 10 B (*2) 10 IH1 G–O 14 15 5 6 7 2 1 R5 C J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B 8 20 G–O G–O R4 G–O (*2) G–O (*1) 10 11 12 13 W–G G–O R4 B Left kick panel R8 RHEOSTAT B 10 4 W–G C7 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION 8 9 1 2 3 4 3 R6 A B B 13 12 G–O G–O H12 HEATER CONTROL SW G–O W–L W–B W–G G–O RADIO AND PLAYER W–B T6 ODO AND TRIP ILLUMINATION [TELLTAIL LIGHT RH] G–O Illumination W–G 2 G–O W–G G–O ILL– From Combination Meter<25–8> C10 METER ILLUMINATION [COMB. METER] G–O 4 *1 : w/ Stereo Power Amplifier *2 : w/o Stereo Power Amplifier 1 T G–O 15A HAZ–HORN BATTERY 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) TURN SIGNAL FLASHER 2 12 IF1 3 W–R B Left quarter pillar R10 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] Front side of left fender G–Y G–B 120A ALT W–B W–B R9 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] W–B W–B W–B EA W–B EB Front side of right fender J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IH A A W–B BJ G–B F7 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH W–B W–B G–Y F8 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH W–B 1 7 A Right kick panel RH Lower back panel center 2 6 A W–B BI 1 2 LH W–B 5 6 15 B H8 HORN LH TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] Left kick panel 5 6 7 1A 3 1C C10 A , C12 B IE L TL 5 4 1C 4 1A G–Y G–B G–Y 1 16 IB2 2 2 2 1 2 1 L–R 4 E R–B C13 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] TR TB 11 1H 19 1E 14 1E G–B 7 1H G–Y 5 TL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 3 L–B B 1 R–B LH RH 8 1 G–Y 4 R–B B2 G–B 4 17 IF1 6 TR C12 B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 G–B 1 2A W 2 R–B 9 TB G–Y 1 2 W–R 7 F W TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 C10 A BLUE 1 2 3 4 5 6 G–B 2 1 W ON B1 G–R 2 B–Y OFF 8 4 IF1 W 2 H10 HAZARD SW 1E 7 7. 5A TURN 3 IB1 2 G–Y 1 W 10 1J 5 W 4 1B ST1 IG1 4 ACC W Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light L–B L–R 2 W 4 1J I19 IGNITION SW 7 AM1 1 Power Source W L–R 2 9 SUPRA To Theft Deterrent ECU<14–4> H9 HORN RH C13 HORN SW [COMB. SW] 10 L–R HORN RELAY 4 Horn OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM L–B L–B 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH R–W D7 DIODE (for Interior Light) D11 DOOR COURTESY SW RH R–W R–B From Theft Deterrent ECU<14–3> B–W B6 BUCKLE SW LH W–B 120A ALT 7. 5A DOME B Right kick panel Right kick panel W–B W–B W–B W–B IE W–B IH W–B 4 1 1J W–B IG D16 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW RH [DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH] W–B G–B G–B 16 IL1 3 5 12 1K 10 1D 2 1D E 10 SW 3 Left kick panel 2 1F 6 1F LG R–B 3 From Theft Deterrent ECU <14–3> LG LG Left guater pillar Y 2 3 1 6 ID1 9 IF2 D15 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW LH [DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH] L–W L–W 2 1 1 1 8 IL1 8 IF2 LOCK 3 A 1 1K RH 2 8 IE1 4 LG 1 2 1 L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 I20 A INTEGRATION RELAY LG BI R–B R–W 3 1 2 2 A LP 2 4 1D LH P6 1 PERSONAL LIGHT G W–B R–B BATTERY R–W 2 1 R–W 2 IC2 2 15 1I 5 PLCK INTEGRATION RELAY A KSW I20 W–B 15 IC2 3 9 1E B W–B 1 2A 1 6 1I 4 DOOR 1 6 1D 7 6 W–B 1 W R–B 16 1I 6 CTY ACC 11 8 IF 9 IH 1 2 3 Interior Light G 1 R G–B 2 W 12 1C SEAT BELT L–W 2 Y–R 8 DOOR WRN 10A GAUGE BKL Y 2 IG R 9 R–B 1 1C R 1 7 R 5 1B R 11 1E 7. 5A RAD NO. 2 I18 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT R 1 1E 8 14 8 1J D12 DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT [DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH] R 2 16 1 12 1E 5 1J B–Y P–L 2 W–G 2 4 1B ST1 IG1 4 ACC 5 Unlock and Seat Belt Warning W–G 2 W 4 1J I19 IGNITION SW 7 AM1 1 Power Source R 2 10 SUPRA R LG R–B W–B D12 ROOM LIGHT SW [DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH] L–B W–B U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW W–B R–B LG D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH W T 4 A 16 1I 6 DCTY 3 A LOCK 2 A PLCK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 W R R–Y 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) 120A ALT B To Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW LH<14–4> R–B W–B W–B See Taillight System <7–1> To Combination SW <5–1><6–2> See Taillight System <7–1> From Headlight Relay <5–2><6–2> 7. 5A DOME BATTERY Left kick panel M M 3 MV 5 M+ 4 M+ 4 MV M 3 M MH 5 LG MH LG–B IE R16 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH 7 14 IL1 3 MRH 6 IL1 LG–R 5 6 MRV 15 IL1 1 M+ MLV R7 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW MLH 10 ID1 2 E LG–R 11 ID1 LG LG–R 12 ID1 B LG–B BR–B BI 1 1J 8 7. 5A RAD NO. 2 LG–R 2 18 1E W–B LEFT RIGHT DOWN UP LEFT RIGHT DOWN UP CONTROL SW 10 1E 8 1J BR–B BR–Y Left quarter pillar L–W 3 8 IF2 TO Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW RH<14–4> 9 IF2 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH G–B 15 IC2 LH RH SELECT SW P–L 4 BR–Y 1 2A A INTEGRATION RELAY I20 R–B 1 R 2 H 7 A 10A GAUGE I20 A INTEGRATION RELAY L–W 2 R–Y 13 IB2 TRLY 5 A IG 7 5 1J 3 Remote Control Mirror LG–R 1 2 B HRLY 6 A 1 5 1B B–Y P–L G–B 2 1 W 2 ST1 IG1 4 ACC 5 2 Light Auto Turn Off GR 2 I19 IGNITION SW 7 AM1 1 Power Source R 4 1B 4 1J 2 11 SUPRA R17 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 2 L W–B Left kick panel M UP W M L R M 1 P12 POWER SAET MOTOR (for Driver’ s Seat Slide Control) 2 L–B P10 POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH 1 2 BQ1 B BI W–B W–B W–B IE L 2 W–B P9 POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH 2 1 Left quarter pillar RECLINING MOTOR M P11 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (for Driver’ s Seat) R–W BATTERY R–W 1 3 2 1 BQ1 4 Power Seat FRONT 1 1 2A L 120A ALT L 3 4 FRONT 1 4 R–L 5 17 IL1 G–W 2 3 IL1 L 4 IL1 REAR 2 2 1J R–L 10 1D 9 1D 6 IC2 L–W 2 W–L G–W 1 1 1J Y 5 IF3 R–L 15 ID1 7 DOWN L 14 ID1 5 G–W 3 POWER MAIN RELAY 9 3 L 2 5 POWER WINDOW RELAY 1 UP 10 NORMAL DOWN 60A POWER From THEFT DETERRENT ECU<14–4> LOCK DOWN 8 P8 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW UP 7 1I 4 L 2 30A DOOR 15 1H W–L 1 L–W 2 1B 2 Power Window L–W 2 1 Power Source L–W 2 12 SUPRA REAR W–B P7 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW RH G–Y G–Y W–B L L 120A ALT W Left kick panel 2 TC 3 1E 7 1G 7 LA 4 1E 9 1G 12 15 2 13 1E 2 1B P–B 21 II1 P–B 12 II1 B–Y B–Y 2 IF1 B–Y P–B B–Y To Data Link Connector 2(TDCL) <3–3><4–2> 11 IF1 P–B W–B B IE F2 FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH F1 FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH 1 CONNECTION DETECTION PIN A B W CONNECTION DETECTION PIN A B 2 –SR 10 ACC 14 B–Y 1 2A BATTERY W 1 1J 1 R 1 W–B 4 1G 11 GR B–Y 1 2 W–B 3 1G 9 C5 CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY –SL +SR P– P–B 2 8 +SL 1 P+ 2 2 1 6 1G 15A CIG B–Y 2 60A POWER 2 W–R 2 B–O 6 E2 D– A27 AIRBAG SQUIB (Steering Wheel Pad) 5 E1 4 Y D+ 2 L 3 1 SPIRAL CABLE G IG2 13 10 1G A28 AIRBAG SQUIB (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) 2 B–O BR 1 4 IB1 IG2 3 7. 5A IGN 8 1J 3 W–R 1 2 W 2 4 1B I19 IGNITION SW 2 AM2 W–R 2 W–L L–R 2 W 4 1J ST1 3 1J B–O IG1 2 P–L ACC 5 P–L W–L SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) W–L 7 AM1 1 Power Source 13 SUPRA T6 SRS WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT RH] 10A ECU–B 4 OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM B–Y P–B To Data Link Connector 2(TDCL) <3–2><4–2> To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3><4–2> To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3><4–2> B 30A AM2 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) IH L–R 4 2 W–B 5 ID1 W–B L–R 11 IL1 2 M L–R M 4 L–W 3 1 W–B D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH UNLOCK G–Y 1 W 3 W–B W–B 2 LOCK 3 10 IL1 D14 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH R–W LOCK 4 W–B 2 9 IL1 G–R R–W W–B W W–B LOCK 2 7 ID1 G–Y R–W D12 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH LOCK IE 12 1K W–B W–B W–B 1 1J W–B 1 U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 18 1E UNLOCK Y 2 11 IF2 Y 10 1D 3 W–B 1 G Left kick panel 2 G–Y 3 ID1 G–Y 13 ID1 L1 L2 5 B 8 R–W UNLOCK P8 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW] G–R UNLOCK 1 G–R 1 ID1 G–R R–W G–Y UL1 8 B G–R 6 B UL3 KSW 20 B ACC 8 A 2 1E 17 1E B–R 2 8 1J 15A CIG L–R Right kick panel 16 IL1 L–R 3 1 8 IL1 L–Y 12 IL1 L–Y 2 IL1 L–W 16 ID1 L–W From Integration Relay<11–2> 15 B LSWD UL12 L–R D15 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW LH W 16 B L–Y W–B 6 ID1 G–B L–Y G–B 7 IL1 4 A E ACT+ 3 A 21 B LSWP ACT– 2 A PRLY L–Y HORN 24 B 25 B SRLY HEAD 10 B 23 B 7 B G–B L–W D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW RH From Integration Relay<11–2> G–B TAIL 22 B W–L (*2) 11 B 6 IF2 W–L (*2) 19 IB6 2 W–L (*2) W–L (*1) 22 II1 W–L (*1) 1 B R 11 1E 5 1B T1 THEFT DETERRENT HORN W (*2) 1 W (*1) 6 A LG To Luggage Compartment Light SW<10–4> L–R DSWD R–B W–B W–B DSWL G–W 4 B R–B R–Y SH To Door Courtesy SW LH<10–1> L–O +B1 7 8 9 10 11 G–W 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 1 2 3 4 5 6 From Taillight Relay <7–1> 12 IF3 R–Y 14 IF2 From Headlight Relay <5–2><6–2> 10 IF2 L–O 16 IF2 From Starter Relay <1–2> L–R 15 IF2 L–R 3 Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control From Horn Relay <9–4> Y 3 IF2 T13 B ORANGE 1 2 3 T 7 A ORANGE THEFT DETERRENT ECU 4 *1 : 2JZ–GE *2 : 2JZ–GTE 4 5 6 7 8 9 Y To Power Main Relay<12–1> W–B 1 2A 1 2 2 Right kick panel EA Front side of right fender 1 2 2 BATTERY 2 1 2 120A ALT 15A HAZ–HORN B Lower back panel center 2 W–B L3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW BJ E6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW 7. 5A DOME R 2 1 4 IB6 W–B 1 W 2 2 1 2 W V–R 1 L 60A POWER W(*1) 2 4 IE1 L 3 4 IF3 9 IF3 V–R W–B 2 14 B DSWH LUG V–R 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) 2 R–L W(*2) W(*1) W–B D11 DOOR COURTESY SW RH IG 9 10 12 B IND DSWP +B2 9 A 19 B IG 7 A B R–L 2 4 1B T7 A , T13 I19 IGNITION SW 4 IJ W W–L 7 EA1 14 SUPR A L–W THEFT DETERRENT ECU 13 IF1 2 15 1H 1 ST1 2 1B L–W W–L T5 THEFT DETERRENT INDICATOR LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT LH] 9 B B–Y 7 AM1 W 1 Power Source ACC 5 W–L 30A D00R IG1 4 P–L R 5 1J 10A ECU–IG W W–R 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) W B From Park/Neutral Position SW(Neutral Start SW)<1–3> W–B EB From Telltale Light RH <25–1> 30A EFI NO. 1 Front side of left fender P B–R 30A EFI NO. 2 30A AM2 120A ALT B 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 SP2– 3 B IDL2 VCC VTA1 IDL1 64 B 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 E2 THA VG 66 B E21 28 B 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E10 A DARK DRAY 65 B 45 B See Engine Control System <3–7> 41 B 43 B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) 63 B E1 E02 69 B 79 B BR ED 1 B 80 B E01 M 12 IJ2 Y BR Rear side of intake manifold 1 2 3 IJ2 MI 38 II1 W–B K4 KICK DOWN SW 13 1H II1 1 1J 2 R W–B G–Y W–L V–G G–B LG–R R–B ABS 7 A TRC+ TRC– 9 A 5 B–Y 14 A 13 A 11 A L OD2 EFI– 28 A 10 A EFI+ 25 A NEO 38 A 27 A 26 A 3 A 18 A KD NCO+ NCO– 21 B W–L 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 SP2+ 23 B G–Y 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 From Stop Light SW <7–4> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 G–W BATTERY From Cruise Control ECU<17–3> E 9 B DARK GRAY BR–B 1 2A B–O 1 62 B 42 B VTA2 PM1 OIL 24 B SLU– 14 B Y 1 2 OD1 SLN– 13 B G–Y 1 2 STP 4 A 12 A SLT– V–G 1 2 EFI NO. 2 RELAY B–Y 2 EFI MAIN RELAY 2 GR 2 GR 2 B–Y B–R SP1 7. 5A ST 2 A B–R B–Y STA To Cruise Control ECU<17–3> BATT R–L ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) NO. 2 33 A 77 B A NO. 1 W–L 2 W 12 B LG–R SLT+ Y–G B , E10 W–G 31 B LG–B S1 NO. 3 E9 W–R 10 B R S2 L 9 B V11 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(Speed Sensor)NO. 2 (for Electronically Controlled Transmission) G +B Y 31 A 01 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR NSW P–L IGSW B 4 EA1 B–R 76 B B–O 1 A W M–REL B–W 24 A 7 SLU– O B–Y 2 B–R 5 6 5 1 2 W–R W–B 2 B 2 W 2 2 R–L SLN– SLT– 1 2 1 4 Y–R 1 W–R SLT+ L 2 7. 5A IGN 4 S1 O 8 S2 G 13 IJ2 NO. 5 13 II1 NO. 4 2 2 B–O 3 3 SLU+ BR 3 GR 2 2 SLN+ B–R From Traction ECU<19–6> 2 1 E2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID 3 (Cont. next page) From ABS and Traction ECU<19–8> 2 2 B–O 1 4 1K 8 1E 6 1J B 2 5 EA2 3 1J B–O B–R R 5 2 EA2 B–R B–W 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (for 2JZ–GTE) Y 4 1B B–R 8 EA1 B–Y See Engine Control System<3–1> B–W B–R 4 1J IG2 3 ST1 8 IG1 4 ACC B–R I19 IGNITION SW 2 AM2 7 AM1 1 Power Source B–R 4 IB1 15 SUPRA OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM BR B–Y W–B Left kick panel W–B IE 8 Right kick panel J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C11 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 7 11 3 R–B R9 LH Left quarter pillar 12 IE1 W–B BI 5 4 R–B W–B W–B W–B BJ 5 4 W–B IH A A 13 6 R–B (A/T) 36 II1 27 II1 R–B (A/T) 1 17 II1 W–B W–B 12 L 3 BACK–UP LIGHT [REAR COMB. LIGHT] W–B V–G E8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED NORMAL TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW 4 MANUAL 3 W–L V–G 2 2 2 18 II1 9 D 2 8 Lower back panel center R10 RH Back–Up Light (for 2JZ–GTE) R–B G–Y V–G W–B Y (M/T) 1 II1 N W–L V–G 10 7 P2 BACK–UP LIGHT SW AND A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW D 1 IF3 Y L 4 N 10 L G–R 2 V–G 1 GR 7 II1 8 R 4 G–R LG–R V–G G–B LG–R R–B G–R 7 P Y LG–R O5 O/D MAIN SW 4 V–G 2 7 IJ2 Y 23 II1 L G–B To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<3–2> G–R 12 1E Y G–B R–B G–B To Cruise Control ECU<17–2> 10A GAUGE 5 1J 6 R–B LG–R 5 Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (for 2JZ–GTE) Y (A/T) R–B (M/T) R–B B–Y 15 SUPRA (Cont’ d) R–B See Combination Meter <25–8> R–B R GR P MANU Y O/D OFF 16 SUPRA W 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) W From Telltale Light RH <25–1> B From Park/Neutral Position SW(Neutral Start SW)<1–3> W–B EB P 30A EFI NO. 1 B–Y Front side of left fender VTA1 IDL1 120A ALT B 30A AM2 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 THA KS E10 A DARK DRAY 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 PS 1 2 35 A P3 POWER STEERING PRESSURE SW 66 B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 E2 65 B 45 B See Engine Control System <4–8> 64 B E1 EO1 BR 69 B 80 B BR 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 VCC 41 B 43 B SP2– 3 B BR ED EO2 79 B KD M 3 A 18 A 12 IJ2 Y BR Rear side of intake manifold 1 2 3 IJ2 MI 25 A 38 II1 W–B K4 KICK DOWN SW 5 II1 1 1J 2 9 A L 28 A 10 A OD2 4 13 1H W–L 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 From Stop Light SW<7–4> E 9 B DARK GRAY G–W G–Y 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OD1 From Cruise Control ECU<17–3> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 STP 4 A 12 A BR–B BATTERY SP1 2 A SP2+ 23 B BR–W 1 2A STA S3 8 B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) S1 10 B V11 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (Speed Sensor) NO. 2 (for Electronically Controlled Transmission) Y 1 2 BATT 33 A 77 B B , E10 A S2 SL 2 1 G–Y 1 2 B–Y 2 B–Y B–R 2 B–Y 4 EA1 E9 7. 5A ST V–G 1 2 W–R 9 B B–R +B To Cruise Control ECU<17–3> 31 A R–L NSW W–R IGSW 3 B–R M–REL S1 R W–L 2 W 76 B GR 1 A B–O 24 A 1 3 G 1 2 B–Y 2 B–R 2 B–Y GR 2 S2 B R–L 2 NO. 2 5 13 IJ2 13 II1 7. 5A IGN B–W 8 EA1 W 2 B–W 2 NO. 1 1 B–O 2 E2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID Y 3 GR 4 1K 6 1J 8 1E 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (for 2JZ–GE) NO. 3 2 W–R 4 IB1 3 EA3 3 1J B–W B–R B 4 1B 4 1J IG2 3 ST1 8 IG1 4 ACC B–R I19 IGNITION SW 2 AM2 7 AM1 1 Power Source W–B G–Y W–L V–G G–B LG–R B–Y (Cont. next page) OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM BR B–O EFI MAIN RELAY Left kick panel W–B IE 8 Right kick panel J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C11 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 7 11 3 R–B R9 LH Left quarter pillar 12 IE1 W–B BI 5 4 R–B W–B W–B W–B BJ 5 4 W–B IH A A 13 6 R–B (A/T) 36 II1 27 II1 R–B (A/T) 1 17 II1 W–B W–B L 3 BACK–UP LIGHT [REAR COMB. LIGHT] W–B W–B E8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED NORMAL TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW 4 MANUAL 3 12 2 2 18 II1 9 D 2 8 Lower back panel center R10 RH Back–Up Light (for 2JZ–GE) R–B G–Y V–G W–L V–G 2 Y (M/T) 1 II1 N V–G W–B R–B (A/T) 10 7 P2 BACK–UP LIGHT SW AND A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW D W–L V–G Y L 4 N 10 L G–R 2 1 IF3 1 GR 7 II1 8 R 4 G–R LG–R V–G G–B LG–R G–R 7 P Y LG–R V–G 23 II1 Y 23 II1 L G–B O5 O/D MAIN SW 4 V–G 2 G–R 12 1E Y G–B R–B To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<4–2> To Cruise Control ECU<17–2> 10A GAUGE 5 1J 6 R–B G–B 5 Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (for 2JZ–GE) Y (A/T) R–B (M/T) LG–R B–Y 16 SUPRA (Cont’ d) R–B See Combination Meter <25–8> R GR P MANU Y O/D OFF 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C12 B 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 C10 A BLUE 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 1 3 IJ1 11 IJ2 BR–B (A/T) To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–6><4–8><15–2><16–2> R–L (A/T) From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <15–2><16–2> B G–R R–B LG–R P–G P–G 25 4 7 1 BATTERY 2 W 1 2 2 1 2A 1 2 W 2 1 2 120A ALT 2 60A POWER W–L 2 4 1B 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) W B Left kick panel W–B IE W–B 1 1J MAIN CANCEL SET/ COAST RESUME/ ACCEL 13 W–B C14 CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW [COMB. SW] 15 W–B 17 GND 5 L 18 19 R–Y 13 1H I19 IGNITION SW 4 1J IG1 4 ACC ST1 7 AM1 1 Power Source 17 SUPRA W C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU P–B B–Y P–B 11 IF1 To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3><4–2> 21 II1 P–B CCS CMS 8 P–B TC P–B To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<3–2><4–2> 2 24 VR2 LG–R VR3 7 O 3 MC 11 VR1 R–B PI O To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<3–2><4–2> G–R 23 4 IF2 O O 6 B Y 9 A 5 1J 12 1E 2 10A GAUGE C10 A , C12 B CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] C4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR M 6 9 IB6 5 BR–B 17 IB6 15 IB6 LG 10 IB6 4 R–L 7 IB6 12 BR–B 16 IB6 LG MO From A/T Indicator SW 3 10 L D G–R 2 G–R (M/T) 26 L– BR–B S11 STOP LIGHT SW R–L B–W G–R 2 12 1H Y (M/T) 1 C15 CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW(M/T) 8 IB6 14 9 1I B–R From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–8><4–8> R 10 IJ2 OD 9 ECT BATT 15 R–L (A/T) 10A ECU–IG BR–B (A/T) 22 1 10 1I W–R 8 1H 2 1B 21 IDL R STP+ 15A STOP W 10A ECU–B 3 W–L Cruise Control 3 STP– SPD P From Telltale Light RH <25–1> BR–W PKB 16 20 P5 PARKING BRAKE SW G–W From Stop Light SW <7–4> W V–Y V 50A AM1 120A ALT W W SRL 14 A SRR 26 A SFL 13 A 1 A SFR L 6 A MT TS P–B Y–G A ,A7 B B L–W W–B 60A ABS NO. 1 60A POWER W–B EA 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 2 4 1 5 2 6 3 A 9 B GRAY 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A18 B 2 A19 A 15 A GND STP 6 B 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ABS ECU A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH 1 D/G 4 B To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<4–2> 1 A 8 A GRAY 2 A31 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH 1 RR– 16 B (SHIELDED) 4 2 A GND From Stop Light SW<7–4> W–B 3 A 7 B GRAY ABS RELAY A 6 A BLACK ABS ACTUATOR 1 (SHIELDED) 9 IC2 8 B RR+ L 2 W–B Right IG kick panel W–B L Front side of right fender W–B 1 A E To Parking Brake SW <25–7> 3 A 2 A11 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH BR–B A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH 1 (SHIELDED) 8 IC2 3 IC2 7 B RSS 2 IF2 BR–W ABS ACTUATOR A6 M 2 (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) L W–B L 4 A MT 3 IB5 RL– GS1 1 B GS2 3 B 12 B 3 GS1 6 P BS SFR 2 IB5 1 IB5 9 B RL+ GST 10 B 2 GS2 GND 12 1E 10A GAUGE 4 W–B BM Y–G 5 B P–B 1 B P 4 B B–Y SFL W 3 B B SRR 6 IB5 FR– 3 A (SHIELDED) FR+ 16 A IG1 12 A R 6 B W 5 IB5 B 4 IB5 (SHIELDED) FSS 10 A ABS ECU R L SRL FL– 22 A A BAT 25 A L V AST FL+ 9 A A18 B , A19 W WA 13 B 1 GST IG1 V LG 2 B 6 IB6 P 7 IB5 B–Y Y 8 IB5 Y L–W 9 IB5 L–W 10 IB5 BR–W 5 IB6 PKB 14 B TC 5 A L 4 LG BATTERY L–B 15 B P–B SR Y 11 A P–B L R– 11 IF1 P–B 24 A P–B 16 IJ1 W–R MR 21 II1 B–R A23 ABS LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR 10A ECU–IG Y 1 2A L–W AST V L 23 A 15 IJ1 13 1K B–R 18 A V–Y 1 IB6 L–B 13 IB6 BM Y 2 IB6 2 A 8 1H 10A ECU–B 3 W–L V–G 1 W R–L 2 SR P–B 1 1 B 5 1J 2 1B T5 ABS WARNING LIGHT [TELLTALE LIGHT LH] 2 W–L B–O 2 R– To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<4–2> 1 R 2 3 A L G–W 2 2 MR 1 A +BM To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <4–2> 2 4 A B B–Y W–L B–R 1 2 GND BS 5 B W A8 A , A9 ABS RELAY To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <4–2> 2 B +BS 4 R B B–R 2 2 ABS (Anti–Lock Brake System) To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <4–2> 2 6 B 6 EA1 From Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <4–2> R 4 1B B–Y B–R 4 1J ST1 IG1 4 ACC I19 IGNITION SW 7 AM1 1 Power Source 18 SUPRA W–B W–R 10A ECU–B W W–L 60A POWER 120A ALT W 30A ABS NO. 2 L–Y B W–G Y W–B T4 TRACTION PUMP AND MOTOR 7. 5A TRAC 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) Front side of left fender 2 EA W–B EB 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 C12 B 1 2 3 4 5 6 Front side of right fender 2 4 1 3 A 6 A BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 A 7 B GRAY ABS ACTUATOR 16 IJ1 To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3> To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<3–2> W–G G–B L L–W R–W V–Y L W LG–R B–R L–B V L–Y B–R W–R C10 A , C12 B M 3 G–B C10 A BLUE L 1 2A 60A ABS NO. 1 1 5 TRACTION MOTOR RELAY BATTERY W 7 8 9 10 11 12 L 1 Y 5 V–Y 4 L–W 2 W–B TRACTION INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 1 IF2 LG–R W 1 2 L 2 3 7 B 12 IF2 4 L 2 IF2 8 9 A TRACTION INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 2 1 ABS MOTOR RELAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 A22 C 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 A21 B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ABS AND TRACTION ECU 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 A20 A 4 ABS W 2 5 V–Y 5 5 5 3 5 4 2 5 5 V–Y 5 TRACTION SOLENOID RELAY R–W 5 3 5 V–Y W–B 5 ABS SOLENOID RELAY V–Y 4 1 T5 TELLTALE 2 LIGHT LH LG–R V–Y 5 V–Y 5 3 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 TRAC OFF 2 2 2 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 T10 B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 TRACTION ECU 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 T9 A L 2 R 1 L–Y 1 2 Y W 1 2 R 2 L–B 2 5 B–R 2 5 1 R 5 R 18 IB6 B–R R 2 6 6 EA1 16 IB5 LG–R 2 V 5 R 1 IB6 B–R 5 4 B–R To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3> L–B 1 13 1K 10A ECU–IG B–R R 10A GAUGE 3 (Cont. next page) Y 2 3 IB3 B–Y L–Y 12 1E 5 1J LG–R Y 4 1B ST1 IG1 4 ACC 2 ABS and Traction Control Y 2 1B 4 1J W 8 1H I19 IGNITION SW 7 AM1 1 Power Source 19 SUPRA OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM LG–R L–B W B–O W–L B–R P (SHIELDED) R–L L LG V (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) A11 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH L R A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH (SHIELDED) B W W–B L G–B W–G L G–B W–G L–W (SHIELDED) L–W A31 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH R–W L R–W V–Y W–B IG R–W Right kick panel 3 1 3 A T3 TRACTION BRAKE ACTUATOR V R–W Left kick panel (SHIELDED) 1 W–B 1 W–B V–Y 4 R–W V–Y W–B 2 2 V–Y 2 2 2 11 IB2 2 C SMC 6 IB6 9 A MT 1 A M 5 B L–W IE B V–Y L W–B EA 7 IB5 1 C SFR 4 A 1 B Y 13 IB6 R 8 IB5 13 A SFL A SRR 9 IB5 26 10 IB5 3 B 7 C SRL 6 B L–W Front side of right fender 5 IB6 21 A AST 14 IB6 2 B 14 A TMR 1 11 B B– A 4 IB3 10 A LBL 10 C D/G To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3> MTT 22 B , A22 C P–B ABS AND TRACTION ECU A20 A , A21 A6 A ,A7 B ABS ACTUATOR 4 B B–Y V–Y V 1 LG 1 8 C 10 IB2 V–Y P 6 12 A V–Y P–B GND 9 C V Y–G A23 ABS LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR 4 C TC TS L–W GS1 25 A A 23 A Y GS2 10 B 11 B–Y 8 IC2 2 B C PKB 12 P 2 IB5 C P–B 5 IB2 9 IC2 6 Y–G 3 IC2 1 B 3 10 B B R–W GST 3 3 IB5 9 16 21 II1 G–B 1 IB5 4 B RL– B P–B 6 4 A B S4 SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR 4 5 B A– W–G B 14 IJ1 12 EX0 2 12 B BCM Y–R IG1 2 6 IB2 17 B RL+ 14 P–B 5 6 B ACM Y 1 18 A FR– B 11 IF1 18 A PKB V–G 4 IB2 5 A 11 P–B 3 A STP 8 IJ2 A GND 14 W–B 4 V Y–R L B–R FR+ B 15 IJ1 11 A TC 8 W–B W B–R 8 B–R 20 W–R 6 P–L A B FL– W To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–8><15–4> A W–R FL+ From Sub Throttle Position Sensor <3–8> From Throttle Position Sensor <3–8> A LG–B A 8 B–Y 5 V B R–W THFA BRP ABS0 STP BRFA BRC TRC0 GND GND RR+ RR– GND R– SRC 7 R–B GS2 R B G–W RL0 5 17 A From Stop Light SW<7–4> RR0 GR–R B 9 A BR–W A W–R To Parking Brake SW<25–7> C O Y WA GR–R Y FL0 4 A To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector)<3–3> FR0 Y–B B 21 16 A 22 A P–B BAT 6 4 A THFA BRP ABS0 BRFA BRC TRC0 P–B IG1 O B 7 A RL0 P–B 15 19 A RR0 P–G B 6 A FL0 V–R P–B GS1 13 20 A FR0 To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<3–2> MR 7 B IDL2 From Stop Light <7–4> A 1 B G–W SR 7 2 B To Parking Brake SW<25–7> A 9 B TRC– IDL1 TRC+ BR–W GST 24 3 B EFI+ TRACTION ECU (SHIELDED) A 8 B EFI– B BR 2 P–L 2 IJ2 10 A NEO 24 A IND A , T10 G A 23 A WT L–Y 13 A BM T9 W 15 12 A BAT 7 L 2 IB6 26 A IG1 6 R A 5 ABS and Traction Control W–B TSR 1 B–R W LG–R LG–R B–R L–B V L–Y B–R W–R 19 SUPRA (Cont’ d) T8 TRAC OFF SW W–B Left kick panel A W–B W–B IE 2 1 5 CSW LG To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–7><15–4> To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<3–2> To Brake Fluid Level Warning SW<25–7> L (SHIELDED) A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH W 120A ALT B 7. 5A DOME 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) NOISE FILTER R18 B , R19 C REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER 1 N2 NOISE FILTER 1 IJ Left kick panel W–B IH Right kick panel W–B J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR E 1 2 4 II1 1 SOL+ 14 II1 2 SOL– B6 LH Left quarter pillar T11 LH W–B BI 2 1 2 1 IG 2 1 2 1 W–B W–B B–W B B To A/C Amplifier <26–5> IE A W–B 1 1 To Engine Control Module R–Y (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–7><4–7> W–B W–B 16 IL1 MIRROR HEATER [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR] W–B 10 1D A G–O 6 13 1K 6 1C B–W R19 C B R17 RH 32 II1 2 10 IF3 5 SPD P4 PPS ECU See Taillight System <7–1> B–W R18 B GREEN B 1 C 1 L–R REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER B BATTERY B 1 L–R 2 L–R 1 R16 LH 2 L–R 13 IL1 3 D8 DIODE(for Idle–Up) R–Y 1 B N3 A NOISE FILTER 1 3 IF1 L–R 1 A 4 1H G–O N3 A NOISE FILTER B 5 IC2 B 1 BO1 1 1D 4 C8 CLOCK 2 B 10A ECU–IG 11 1K 4 Right kick panel B7 RH T12 RH Electric Tension Reducer TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID 1 2A 4 5 B 4 3 5 4 17 1E TAILLIGHT RELAY 10A PANEL 2 1 P 8 IF1 2 30A DEFOG LG–R 1 2 10A GAUGE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY 10A MIR–HTR 3 1I 3 5 3 PPS(Progressive Power steering) P1 PPS SOLENOID LG–R 1 60A POWER W 3 Y 1 B 6 BM1 7 1C 11 1E 2 1E 6 1E 15A CIG G–O 4 B 8 1J 5 1B L–R 4 7 1K W–L 12 1H 4 3 2 1B P–L R R LG–R 2 2 2 5 1J B–Y P–L 2 Clock B–R LG–R 2 2 2 ST1 IG1 4 ACC 5 R Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater B–R 1 2 4 1B W B–R 1 W–L R 2 W 4 1J I19 IGNITION SW 7 AM1 1 Power Source W–L 2 20 SUPR A OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM BUCKLE SW W–B From Telltale Light RH <25–1> G–O W Right kick panel V Left kick panel 2 W–B W–B 2 BQ1 S12 SEAT HEATER (for Driver’ s Seat) 1 4 BQ1 W–B Left quarter pillar 6 IC1 Y 2 1 4 S6 SEAT HEATER SW 6 W–B B W–B W–B W–B W–B IG 2 1 4 2 W–B BI 3 1 B Right kick panel 3 1 W–B IE E 4 2 Y–R B B 1 1J 4 S14 SEAT HEATER RELAY (for Driver’ s Seat) 3 BQ1 W–B 12 1K 1 2 6 P2 KLS+ IG 7 IC1 16 1H 15A SEAT–HTR 4 W–B IH A P1 P 2 STP 1 L BATTERY J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–R K3 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID G–W G G–R SLS– SLS+ From Stop Light SW <7–4> B 1 2A 120A ALT A L 5 ACC 9 1I 10A ECU–IG Y 2 1 2 L–R S7 SHIFT LOCK ECU L–R 5 1J 3 L 1 2 C6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 14 1I 15A CIG 2 Seat Heater (for Canada) B 2 W 1 50A AM1 (for USA) 60A AM1 (for Canada) 2 1E 8 IJ B–Y Shift Lock B–R 2 IG1 4 ST1 P–L Cigarette Lighter G–W 2 4 1B 4 IJ I19 IGNITION SW 7 AM1 ACC 5 1 Power Sourse B SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID W B SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW 21 SUPRA S15 SEAT HEATER RELAY (for Passenger’ s Seat) Y–R S13 SEAT HEATER (for Passenger’ s Seat) Y–R W–B W–B W W 1 2A 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) 120A ALT BATTERY +1R C14 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] WASHER2 ON INT LG–R OFF WASHER1 LG–R LG–B 2 LG–B C1R 10 W–B Left kick panel INT WASHER HIGH LOW B +S 4 WIPER RELAY C14 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] 18 +1 7 B 16 E 1 1J 12 1K Left kick panel +2 13 W–B W–B IE M Front side of left fender F9 FRONT WIPER MOTOR 3 +1 2 +2 L–W 6 E EB 1 B W–B IE WR MIST OFF W 8 7 1B2 9 IB2 8 IB2 2 IB2 W–B 1 1J 12 1K 16 E 2 LG 1 IB2 L–O 1 C1 R15 REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY 2 C1 LS SM Y L L 4 IC2 LG–B 5 BO1 3 L LM R +B 1 L–W 13 IC2 LG–R 2 BO1 1 B 3 L–R 1 2 L 4 BO1 REAR WIPER RELAY GR–G 2 W LG–B LG–R L L LM LG 3 BM1 5 BM1 +B M W1 WASHER MOTOR L GR–G 4 BM1 L SM M REAR WIPER MOTOR 2 L 4 Front Wiper and Washer L 1 L 1 IC2 L L L L 3 L–O 2 5 1H 1 1A 20A WIPER 2 Rear Wiper and Washer L–R 2 IG1 4 ST1 5 1J B–Y L 4 1B 4 1J I19 IGNITION SW 7 AM1 1 ACC Power Source 22 SUPRA 5 +S OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM L–W L 5 (SHIELDED) BR W R L W 3 ACC 4 B 1 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) P–L B–R 20A RAD NO. 1 BR P–L B–R 120A ALT B IF Left kick panel P 2 F10 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) LH 1 F12 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH 2 RR– FR+ 9 D 1 C 8 D 2 F11 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) RH 1 F13 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH 2 1 IL1 5 IL1 5 IH1 1 IH1 1 FR– 8 C 7 16 WF+ 5 C 3 4 W2 WOOFER(SPEAKER) 2 13 IE1 9 IE1 1 IH3 2 IH3 1 (*2) WF– 14 C (*1) 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 S10 D LG–B From Auto Antenna Control Relay<24–3> 1 8 ID1 P V 2 ID1 6 IH1 2 IH1 P LG 9 IH1 4 D V L 8 IH1 BR 11 IF3 3 D 9 C FL– RR+ V 8 4 A 2 C FL+ RL– LG ANT AMP GND 4 A RL+ 10 C (*1) 5 D (*2) LG R6 RADIO AND PLAYER R. R 15 V R. L 14 1 B 3 B P–L F. R 7 1 B 3 B (SHIELDED) LG F. L 6 9 B 10 B 13 B 14 B OUT C , D 1 D 3 C 5 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 S10 C BLACK L BATTERY 13 6 B GND 9 B R. R 10 B R. L 13 B 14 B B , S10 2 D 6 D 8 9 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 1 S8 A STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER 4 *1 : w/ Woofer(Speaker) *2 : w/o Woofer(Speaker) L LG–R 1 2A B FADE BEEP MUTE G 12 Y GND 5 B F. R 6 B A , S9 STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER OUT AMP+ S8 P–L 11 F. L 5 B +B2 11 C 4 C P 2 4 B 4 B +B1 2 A 3 IH2 1 IH2 6 IH2 2 IH2 3 IF3 2 IF3 2 11 IE1 V LG–B 1 2 11 B 12 B 11 B 12 B FADE BEEP MUTE ACC 2 A 1 10 IE1 2 R14 REAR SPEAKER RH LG 2 W 1 GR 6 A L–Y 2 L–Y 6 A L–Y 3 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 *2 S 9 B 1 3 B L LG–R 1 L–Y Y LG–B 2 W B 3 A L–Y 8 IB1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 R13 REAR SPEAKER LH B Y R 2 7. 5A RAD NO. 2 *1 S 9 B BLACK Y R W 2 3 1H 8 1J 2 STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER V W 4 1B ST1 IG1 ACC 5 P–L Radio and Player (w/ Stereo Power Amplifier) R 4 1J I19 IGNITION SW 1 Power Source 7 AM1 23 SUPRA W LG–R L LG P W W Left kick panel 1 FL– 6 A V V P P V P BR 20A RAD NO. 1 120A ALT B 2 2 F11 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) RH 1 RR– 3 B 2 R13 REAR SPEAKER LH 1 2 R14 REAR SPEAKER RH 1 3 IF3 2 IF3 11 IE1 10 IE1 3 Right kick panel DOWN E IH A A 6 W–B F10 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) LH 1 LG F13 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH RR+ 1 B B 2 RL– 6 B To Radio and Player <23–2> UP 2 6 IE1 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR *1 : w/ Stereo Power Amplifier *2 : w/o Stereo Power Amplifier 4 Auto Antenna W–B F12 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH 1 2 B RL+ AMP 9 A B–R (*1) P–L (*1) IG 4 7 IE1 A33 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR 1 2 M Y 2 LG 1 IL1 LG L 5 IL1 L 8 ID1 FR– 5 A L 2 ID1 1 A ANT 8 A B R IF FL+ 2 A R4 A , R5 B RADIO AND PLAYER FR+ 5 ACC Y BATTERY GND 7 A ACC 3 A 8 AMP 7 ANT A30 AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY 17 1E 10A ECU–IG R W 1 2A 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) 1 L–Y W 1 2 L–Y B GR 4 A B L–Y 2 W L–Y B–R (*2) 2 L–Y 2 GR P–L (*2) 1 L–Y 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 R5 B GR 1 IF1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 R4 A 5 1J B–R 2 GR 7. 5A RAD NO. 2 RADIO AND PLAYER R 2 L–Y 8 IB1 10 1E 8 1J B–Y 3 R G 2 B–Y P–L 2 Radio and Player (w/o Stereo Power Amplifier) G 4 1B 4 1J I19 IGNITION SW ST1 IG1 4 ACC 5 1 Power Source 7 AM1 24 SUPRA OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM L LG V P MEMO 50A AM1 (for USA) 60A AM1 (for Canada) R W DOOR W P 11 II1 P B P 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 Y–B SRS BR P Left kick panel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 C11 C BROWN 9 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C12 A 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 8 II1 2 1 R–G BR IF See ABS System<18–4> See ABS and Traction Control System<19–4> 5 IF2 ABS P See Engine Control System<3–3><4–3> C10 B BLUE 8 10 23 II1 2 II1 4 V10 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 (for Combination Meter) To Cruise Control ECU<17–3> P COMBINATION METER 02 OIL PRESSURE SW L–W P 1 1 6 See ABS and Traction Control System<19–4> To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–7><4–7><15–2><16–2> P See Interior Light System<10–1> To A/C Amplifier <26–5> See Unlock and Seat Belt Warning System<10–1> P R–G BATTERY R 25 II1 5 R–Y To PPS ECU <20–3> 3 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE) T5 TELLTALE LIGHT LH OIL 1 2A SEAT BELT See Taillight System <7–3> 1 4 2 OIL LEVEL 1 7. 5A DOME Y 2 15 Y 2 7 2 Y–B 120A ALT W 2 R 2 6 4 L–R R–G Y R 1 T6 TELLTALE LIGHT RH REAR LIGHT 18 Y 16 Y–G 14 CHARGE 2 10 ODO AND TRIP 5 L–R 2 11 See Illumination System<8–4> 2 See Charging System<1–4> 3 3 See Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control System<14–2> 5 1B 12 See SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) <13–3> Y L–R 4 1B 1 12 1E Y 8 10A GAUGE 5 1J Y L–R Y 11 1E B–Y 2 Combination Meter R–Y R–G R L–R L–W Y–G Y (Cont. next page) Y 4 1J I19 IGNITION SW IG1 4 ST1 1 B–Y 7 AM1 ACC Power Source 25 SUPRA OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM SECURITY See Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control System<14–2> TRAC OFF L–R L–W Y–G Y SPEED Y–G Y–L BR G Y–G Y–L 1 Y–B R–Y R–G BR Y–B Y–G G E7 ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR From Traction ECU <19–8> Front side of left fender B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW A BR IH A A W–B W–B From Daytime Running Light Relay(Main) <6–2> BR EB 2 1 R–W(*1) BR–W(*2) Left kick panel 1 BR–W From ABS and Traction ECU <19–8> P5 PARKING BRAKE SW BR–W (USA) BR–W (Canada) From ABS ECU<18–2> From ABS and Traction ECU<19–7> R–W (*1) 13 C W–B IF MASTER 14 IB2 4 See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System<15–6><16–6> E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) B–W (Canada) From Daytime Running Light Relay(Main) <6–1> 2 R–W (*1) F14 FUEL SENDER 3 BR–W (*2) DIODE R–W (*1) 2 BR–W (USA *1) 1 TURN RH 1 1 BP1 BR 3 BP1 BR–W (USA) BR–W (USA) 4 7 B 6 C 3 C 8 C 11 C 12 B 13 B Right kick panel J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7 C *1 : 2JZ–GTE *2 : 2JZ–GE To Rheostat<8–4> BR Front side of intake manifold FUEL B–W(Canada) See ABS and Traction Control System<19–4> 12 C 4 C 10 C P 5 BP1 15 IF1 2 C 1 C D BR EC Y–B B–W(Canada) B–W(Canada) 7 A 6 B 8 See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System<15–6><16–6> N 2 BR 3 IE1 TACHO 2 IE1 1 A BR–W 1 IE1 BRAKE 19 II1 11 A 3 A 15 A HIGH BEAM 1 10 A CRUISE 24 II1 8 B TRAC 33 II1 9 A 2 A TURN LH R–Y L–R 8 A FUEL 5 B BULB CHECK RELAY 6 A O/D OFF G–O R–G L–W 2 R Y–G 2 B Y 1 B B–W WATER TEMP. 16 A B 13 A 13 IF2 7 R 10 B To Generator (Alternator)<1–4> DELAY C10 B , C11 C , C12 A COMBINATION METER B–W(*2) 29 II1 From Park/Neutral Position SW(Neutral Start SW)(A/T) <1–3> From Clutch Start SW(M/T) <1–3> B–W 9 B To Igniter<2–4> See Cruise Control System<17–2> 14 A B–W(*1) From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–7> 6 See Headlight System<5–3><6–4> 4 B Y–G Combination Meter See Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light System<9–3> 11 B 5 25 SUPRA (Cont’ d) See Illumination System<8–4> ILLUMINATION L W–B MANU BR–W BR–W W W–R 10A ECU–B W 60A POWER Front side of left fender 120A ALT B 1 A 30A FAN 50A AM1(for USA) 60A AM1(for Canada) L Front side of left fender L W–B W–B EA W–B EB W–B Right kick panel 13 IF3 L–W L A4 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH W–B W–B IG 2 IK1 3 A S1 L 1 IK1 W–B 1 1 B GND B4 A ,B5 B BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY L B3 BLOWER MOTOR B BR M 2 2 B M– 4 W–B M+ 10 II1 W–B W–B EB L–R +B L–W 2 A HEATER RELAY L–W W–G To Engine Control Module(Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU)<3–7><4–8> A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY 5 IF1 L L BATTERY 50A HTR L–R 3 IK1 R–L(2JZ–GTE) 1 EA1 E5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SW (WATER TEMP. SW) 1 2A W–B 2 EA1 1 1 M W–B 1 L–R 3 IB2 W–G 1 IB4 2 L 2 5 R–L 1 2 2 2 1 R1 RADIATOR FAN MOTOR 2 2 2 L–W 2 3 2 2 M 2 A2 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR 2 W W–L 2 W–R (2JZ–GTE) 1 B 2 B 1 4 R–L 2 W–R(2JZ–GTE) 2 3 A3 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW 1 2 R–L 2 L 2 1 2 L–B L–B 2 W 2 R–L 2 W–B W–B R2 RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 3 L–B 2 5 R–L 2 1 2 5 2 5 6 7 5 6 7 8 Front side of right fender 2 2 3 4 3 5 6 7 H12 A ORANGE 8 HEATER CONTROL SW 1 2 2 1 4 3 5 2 GR G G–R R–L 4 14 IG1 15 IG1 13 IG1 16 IG1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 H13 B ORANGE 1 2 B 5 B BLACK BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY FRESH B 4 A BLACK RECIRC M A24 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR A 3 B GRAY 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 4 1 A 3 A BLACK A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 A14 B ORANGE 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 A13 A ORANGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 A12 C ORANGE A/C AMPLIFIER 3 R–L 2 1 3 3 4 W–B 4 1B R–L R–L R–L(2JZ–GTE) R–L (2JZ–GTE) 6 1 L–R 2 1B R–L 10 IF1 W–R(2JZ–GTE) 5 1A 2 1K 7. 5A HTR R–L 4 1J 5 1J R3 RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 2 13 1E ST1 B–Y IG1 4 2 Radiator Fan Automatic Air Conditioning L L–W L GR G G–R R–L P–L W–R (Cont. next page) R–L I19 IGNITION SW P–L ACC 5 B–Y 7 AM1 1 Power Source 26 SUPRA OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM L W–B L BR G GR Y–L W LG V–W L–R B–W L–Y L L LG L–R B–W L–Y FACE L–Y A15 A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR V–W V–W V–W V–W A4 A/C LOCK SENSOR [A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH] L–Y E11 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) (for A/C System) LG–R DEF A3 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 1 2 V–W V–W V–W L V–W 8 IF3 V–W 4 IG1 G–Y V–W V–W 3 IB6 1 2 11 IB6 2 1 17 A TS SW2 V–W 7 B 2 A GND VER1 TSET 11 B 5 IG1 BR–W W–B L–W Right kick panel BR–W W–B IH A A 2 A 9 B 13 B S5 SW1 4 A 11 A W–B BR–W 7 IF3 TR SW3 8 A 10 A 5 A SW4 2 B 2 B A16 A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR 20 II1 2 1 26 II1 6 A TAM SW5 3 B A1 A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR P–B V–W V–W A25 AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 2 LOCK–IN 22 C SW6 4 B 13 A 10 A COOL A 9 A J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR–W BR–W 5 M 1 G–W 3 9 IG1 2 IG1 SG 9 A SW7 1 B 9 B BR–W V–W 4 AMH 3 A COOL A26 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR AMC 1 A R–Y 8 IG1 V–W V 1 2 3 IG1 TP 18 A L–LO P–B 1 2 11 IG1 TE 7 A L–M1 3 C 13 C 10 B A17 A/C SOLAR SENSOR Y–L M 2 W 1 Y–L 3 7 IG1 LG–R 1 IG1 TW 16 A L–Y 6 IG1 5 AOD 8 C L–M2 1 B WARM *1 : 2JZ–GTE *2 : 2JZ–GE W–B EA 4 AOF 9 C G–W 31 II1 TPO 10 B L–M3 12 A 16 A Y–G Front side of right fender MGC 6 B R–Y BR–W L IGN 21 C L–HI 6 C 17 C 18 C 19 C 12 C 15 C 14 C 2 C L–MAUTO L–FRS L–FACE L–REC L–A/C L–B/L 17 A 8 BR–W L–W L–R V 29 II1 W–R G–Y[ W–B 4 A (*1) 1 B (*2) P W–B 1 A (*1) 2 B (*2) From Telltale Light RH <25–1> W–B 12 IB6 B P–B 6 IF3 From Rear Window Defogger Relay<20–1> PSW R–L 14 A R–Y BLW BR 1 C BR–W L–FOOT G L–F/D R–B L–DEF LG–B A/C–IN HR Y 4 C 10 C 11 C GR L–RDEF 4 A 14 A OFF V–W 7 C 16 B 15 B V 16 C B IG LG RDEFGR 3 A P SPEED 7 A 15 A FAND– FAND+ B–W +B 11 B 7 P–B ACC 4 B 12 B A/C R AIR A , A14 B 3 B REC/ FRS LG–R A/C AMPLIFIER A12 C , A13 6 B FACE AUTO W–L 8 B 5 A B/L R–W 18 B 6 A 18 A FOOT G–W 11 A 1 A F/D L–R 7 B R–L 6 Rr– DEFOG DEF Y–B 20 C R–L Radiator Fan Automatic Air Conditioning P–B AIM/AMOUT AIF 20 B 19 B 2 1E 5 R–L L–B 17 B 15A CIG 8 1J P–L G–R R–L P–L W–R 26 SUPRA (Cont’ d) H12 A , H13 B HEATER CONTROL SW W–B V–W V–W WARM BR–W V–W V–W BR–W To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–6><4–8> From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU)(2JZ–GTE)<3–7> From Igniter(2JZ–GE)<2–4> A , B